See in Reader
Update "If your readers would misunderstand …" statements
This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee
parent
7fb4406eff
commit
57c8c8471f
|
|
@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ RUT 3 10 bjw9 הֵיטַ֛בְתְּ חַסְדֵּ֥ךְ הָאַחֲר
|
|||
RUT 3 10 e7ka הֵיטַ֛בְתְּ חַסְדֵּ֥ךְ הָאַחֲר֖וֹן 1 You have made your covenant faithfulness better at the end This refers to Ruth asking Boaz to marry her. Boaz sees this as Ruth showing unselfish kindness and family loyalty to Naomi. By marrying Naomi’s relative, Ruth would also provide for Naomi, honor Naomi’s son, and continue Naomi’s family line.
|
||||
RUT 3 10 cbd3 הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן 1 at the beginning This refers to the way that Ruth had earlier provided for her mother-in-law by staying with her and gleaning grain for food for them.
|
||||
RUT 3 10 n84d figs-idiom לְבִלְתִּי־לֶ֗כֶת אַחֲרֵי֙ 1 by not going after **because you have not looked for marriage among**. Ruth could have ignored Naomi’s need and looked for a young and handsome husband for herself outside of Naomi’s relatives, but she did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
RUT 3 11 jdr6 grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַתָּ֗ה 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase indicates that what came before in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in verse 11. This can be indicated with a word like **Therefore**. If your readers would misunderstand this to put the reason after the result, the order would be: Boaz is motivated to perform the role of kinsman-redeemer (verse 11) **because** he has seen how much kindness Ruth has shown to Naomi (verse 10). If you choose this order, you will need to combine the verses and the verse numbers (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]).
|
||||
RUT 3 11 jdr6 grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַתָּ֗ה 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase indicates that what came before in verse 10 is the reason for what follows in verse 11. This can be indicated with a word like **Therefore**. If it would be helpful in your language to put the reason after the result, the order would be: Boaz is motivated to perform the role of kinsman-redeemer (verse 11) **because** he has seen how much kindness Ruth has shown to Naomi (verse 10). If you choose this order, you will need to combine the verses and the verse numbers (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]).
|
||||
RUT 3 11 ei93 בִּתִּי֙ 1 my daughter Boaz used this expression as a sign of respect toward Ruth as a younger woman. Use the form of address that would be appropriate in your language.
|
||||
RUT 3 11 ab08 figs-idiom כָּל־שַׁ֣עַר עַמִּ֔י 1 the whole gate of my people The gate was an area of the city where people gathered to do business, and the leaders met there to make decisions. So this was an idiom meaning “all of the important people in my city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]).
|
||||
RUT 3 11 ab31 אֵ֥שֶׁת חַ֖יִל 1 a woman of worth **a woman of good character**, **a good woman**
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1SA 1 6 wy2z בְּעַ֥ד רַחְמָֽהּ 1 shut up her womb The phrase **shut up her womb** is a used figuratively to mean that Yahweh had not allowed Hannah to become pregnant. You can use a phrase that would be most natural in your language.<br>Alternative translation: “made her barren” or “prevented her from becoming pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1SA 1 7 bzk3 figs-go עֲלֹתָהּ֙ 1 she went up Here, **went up** indicates that in order to reach Shiloh, Elkanah had to travel from a lower location to a higher location because Shiloh was located in a mountainous region. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
1SA 1 7 x38f writing-pronouns עֲלֹתָהּ֙ 1 she went up Here, **she** refers to Hannah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1SA 1 8 nz4v figs-rquestion לָ֣מֶה תִבְכִּ֗י וְלָ֨מֶה֙ לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְלִ֔י וְלָ֖מֶה יֵרַ֣ע לְבָבֵ֑ךְ הֲל֤וֹא אָֽנֹכִי֙ ט֣וֹב לָ֔ךְ מֵעֲשָׂרָ֖ה בָּנִֽים 1 why do you weep? And why do you not eat? And why is your heart displeased? Am I not better to you than ten sons These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “you should not weep. You should eat, and your heart should be glad because I am better to you than ten sons!” or “you have little reason for sadness. I favor you and that should be enough.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1SA 1 8 nz4v figs-rquestion לָ֣מֶה תִבְכִּ֗י וְלָ֨מֶה֙ לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְלִ֔י וְלָ֖מֶה יֵרַ֣ע לְבָבֵ֑ךְ הֲל֤וֹא אָֽנֹכִי֙ ט֣וֹב לָ֔ךְ מֵעֲשָׂרָ֖ה בָּנִֽים 1 why do you weep? And why do you not eat? And why is your heart displeased? Am I not better to you than ten sons These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “you should not weep. You should eat, and your heart should be glad because I am better to you than ten sons!” or “you have little reason for sadness. I favor you and that should be enough.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1SA 1 8 tt3y figs-hyperbole הֲל֤וֹא אָֽנֹכִי֙ ט֣וֹב לָ֔ךְ מֵעֲשָׂרָ֖ה בָּנִֽים 1 Am I not better to you than ten sons Elkanah is intentionally exaggerating to emphasize what he wants Hannah to understand. Alternate translation: “Am I not better to you than any son could be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1SA 1 9 kgv8 figs-explicit וַתָּ֣קָם חַנָּ֔ה אַחֲרֵ֛י 1 And Hannah rose up after Here, implicit information can be made explicit. This could mean: (1) Hannah’s tent was next to the tabernacle tent. (2) Hannah walked from her tent to the tabernacle to pray. Alternate translation: “Hannah rose up and went to the house of Yahweh to pray after” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1SA 1 9 hic6 translate-names וְעֵלִ֣י 1 Now Eli **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here, the author tells about a new person in the story. This person is the priest **Eli**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1SA 1 9 qdl6 translate-unknown הֵיכַ֥ל 1 the temple Here, **the temple** was actually a tent, but it was where the people worshiped, so it is translated as **temple** here. You could use an equivalent word or phrase to describe **temple** in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1SA 1 10 b85f figs-explicit וְהִ֖יא מָ֣רַת נָ֑פֶשׁ וַתִּתְפַּלֵּ֥ל עַל־יְהוָ֖ה וּבָכֹ֥ה תִבְכֶּֽה 1 And she was bitter of spirit, and she prayed to Yahweh and wept abundantly. Hannah prayed to Yahweh because she was greatly grieved because she was not able to have any children and because Peninnah regularly ridiculed her. If your readers would misunderstand this you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1SA 1 10 b85f figs-explicit וְהִ֖יא מָ֣רַת נָ֑פֶשׁ וַתִּתְפַּלֵּ֥ל עַל־יְהוָ֖ה וּבָכֹ֥ה תִבְכֶּֽה 1 And she was bitter of spirit, and she prayed to Yahweh and wept abundantly. Hannah prayed to Yahweh because she was greatly grieved because she was not able to have any children and because Peninnah regularly ridiculed her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1SA 1 10 k0z1 figs-simile מָ֣רַת נָ֑פֶשׁ 1 was bitter of spirit The phrase **bitter of spirit** is a simile. The point of this comparison is that Hannah’s emotional state was very unpleasant and undesirable, comparable to the unpleasant experience of eating something very bitter tasting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “was greatly distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1SA 1 11 hzpb figs-explicit וַתִּדֹּ֨ר נֶ֜דֶר 1 And she vowed a vow The phrase **vowed a vow** is a way of saying that Hannah made a promise. If your readers would misunderstand this you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “made a promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1SA 1 11 hzpb figs-explicit וַתִּדֹּ֨ר נֶ֜דֶר 1 And she vowed a vow The phrase **vowed a vow** is a way of saying that Hannah made a promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “made a promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1SA 1 11 vqab writing-quotations וַתֹּאמַ֗ר 1 and said Here, **and said** is introducing the authors quotation of Hannah’s prayer. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what she prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
1SA 1 11 peh3 writing-quotations יְהוָ֨ה צְבָא֜וֹת אִם־רָאֹ֥ה תִרְאֶ֣ה׀ בָּעֳנִ֣י אֲמָתֶ֗ךָ וּזְכַרְתַּ֨נִי֙ וְלֹֽא־תִשְׁכַּ֣ח אֶת־אֲמָתֶ֔ךָ וְנָתַתָּ֥ה לַאֲמָתְךָ֖ זֶ֣רַע אֲנָשִׁ֑ים וּנְתַתִּ֤יו לַֽיהוָה֙ כָּל־יְמֵ֣י חַיָּ֔יו וּמוֹרָ֖ה לֹא־יַעֲלֶ֥ה עַל־רֹאשֽׁוֹ 1 “Yahweh of hosts, if you will indeed look on the affliction of your female servant and remember me, and not forget your female servant, and give to your female servant a seed of men, then I will give him to Yahweh all the days of his life, and a razor will not go up on his head.” This portion is the authors quotation of Hannah’s prayer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
1SA 1 11 ri9r figs-abstractnouns בָּעֳנִ֣י אֲמָתֶ֗ךָ 1 on the affliction of your female servant The abstract noun **affliction** can be translated as a verbal phrase. This could mean: (1) Hannah’s emotional suffering because she was unable to become pregnant. Alternate translation: “on how I am suffering because I cannot become pregnant” (2) Hannah’s emotional suffering because of Peninnah’s frequent insults and taunts. Alternate translation: “on how that woman is afflicting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1SA 1 15 qnz5 figs-idiom קְשַׁת־ר֨וּחַ֙ 1 difficult of spirit The phrase **difficult of spirit** is a Hebrew idiom. Alternative translation: “troubled of spirit” or “very unhappy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1SA 1 15 fzi6 figs-idiom וָאֶשְׁפֹּ֥ךְ אֶת־נַפְשִׁ֖י 1 but I have been pouring out my soul The phrase **pouring out** refers to emptying the contents of what is inside something. Here it is used figuratively, and so the phrase **pouring out my soul** means telling Yahweh one’s troubles or deepest emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I have been telling my troubles” or “but I have been telling my deepest emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1SA 1 15 irvy figs-idiom לִפְנֵ֥י 1 before the face of The phrase **before the face of** is a Hebrew idiom. It is used to show that something takes place in front of or in the presence of someone or something else. It is used here to show that Hannah was praying in the presence of Yahweh. Use the term or phrase in your language that would most naturally communicate that something takes place in front of someone or in the presence of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1SA 1 16 a5rz figs-123person אֲמָ֣תְךָ֔ 1 your female servant Hannah speaks of herself in the third person to show humility. If your readers would misunderstand this you may use a first person pronoun here. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1SA 1 16 a5rz figs-123person אֲמָ֣תְךָ֔ 1 your female servant Hannah speaks of herself in the third person to show humility. If it would be helpful in your language, you may use a first person pronoun here. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1SA 1 16 wxf5 writing-politeness אֲמָ֣תְךָ֔ 1 your female servant Here, Hannah calls herself Eli’s **female servant** as a humble way of showing respect. Hannah was not actually Eli’s servant. If you have an equivalent term or phrase in your language consider using it here if it would be natural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
|
||||
1SA 1 16 lf9r figs-abstractnouns מֵרֹ֥ב שִׂיחִ֛י וְכַעְסִ֖י 1 from the abundance of my complaint and my provocation Here, Hannah tells Eli why she is praying the way that she is. Hannah uses three abstract nouns, **abundance,** **complaint,* and **provocation.** If your readers would misunderstand this you could translate these using verbs, adjectives, or adverbs. Alternate translation: “because I am very troubled, and my rival has greatly provoked me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1SA 1 16 lf9r figs-abstractnouns מֵרֹ֥ב שִׂיחִ֛י וְכַעְסִ֖י 1 from the abundance of my complaint and my provocation Here, Hannah tells Eli why she is praying the way that she is. Hannah uses three abstract nouns, **abundance,** **complaint,* and **provocation.** If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these using verbs, adjectives, or adverbs. Alternate translation: “because I am very troubled, and my rival has greatly provoked me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1SA 1 17 a5u2 0 Then Eli answered Eli was the head priest residing over the tabernacle.
|
||||
1SA 1 18 sl27 figs-123person 0 Let your servant find Hannah speaks of herself in the second person to show respect for Eli, the head priest. This can be stated in the first person. Alternate translation: “Let me, your servant, find” or “Let me find” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
1SA 1 18 tu8x figs-metonymy 0 find favor in your eyes Here “find favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that he is pleased with her. Here the eyes are a metonym for sight, and seeing represents judging or deciding the value of something. Alternate translation: “evaluated me and approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ EZR 3 2 eg3w figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֕וּב בְּתוֹרַ֖
|
|||
EZR 3 2 gjpk figs-distinguish מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
EZR 3 2 h7xj translate-names מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 **Moses** is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 mo49 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 t8y7 figs-explicit וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו 1 they set the altar on its foundation This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. You could say that as an alternate translation If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 t8y7 figs-explicit וַיָּכִ֤ינוּ הַמִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔יו 1 they set the altar on its foundation This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 bk73 figs-explicit כִּ֚י בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 dread was on them The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 n3m4 figs-metaphor בְּאֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Here the book uses a spatial metaphor of **dread** or fear landing **on** or resting **on** the Israelites to express that the Israelites felt that emotion. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 3 c33h figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 because of the people of the land This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area who were originally from other places (**lands**) but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,8 +285,7 @@ EZR 3 8 wwz8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְת
|
|||
EZR 3 8 fa38 translate-names וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua … Jozadak **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 bzi5 figs-metaphor וּשְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel, the governor, and Jeshua, the high priest. Alternate translation: “and their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 hy61 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־הַבָּאִים֙ מֵהַשְּׁבִ֣י יְרֽוּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as [3:12](../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 uyam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete because they were understood by the original readers. you could supply them from the context, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “began to build the new temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 tliz grammar-connect-logic-goal וַיַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term such as “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 uyam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete because they were understood by the original readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply them from the context, or you could use a term such as “so” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 hf5n figs-idiom אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה 1 from twenty years old Here, **son of 20 years and above** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 vyhg figs-ellipsis לְנַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 In this context, **the work of the house** is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of the temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 jfho figs-metaphor בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “the temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -374,7 +373,7 @@ EZR 4 5 tq7w figs-explicit וְעַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥ו
|
|||
EZR 4 5 py4b translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 **Darius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 o931 writing-background וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ 1 The word **Now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּבְמַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּתְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑וֹ 1 Ahasuerus ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In [4:24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md), and then, in [5:1](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 **Ahasuerus** is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation If your readers would misunderstand this. Use the same name here that you use in the book of Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 **Ahasuerus** is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation, if it would be helpful in your language. Use the same name here that you use in the book of Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of plotting to rebel against the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “accuse” or “complain.” Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter to complain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל 1 The noun **accusation** might be referring figuratively to the actual letter itself by substituting a description of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter, accusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -779,7 +778,7 @@ EZR 7 13 d9b4 figs-activepassive מִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ ד
|
|||
EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you עִמָּ֖ךְ 1 may go with you The king is addressing Ezra, so **you** is singular and refers to Ezra here, and **you** and **your** similarly refer to him in all of their other occurrences through [7:20](../07/20.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a respected individual would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 may go with you Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “from the people known as ‘Israel’” or “from your people who are called ‘Israel’”
|
||||
EZR 7 14 ahgx grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ דִּ֥י בִידָֽךְ 1 Connecting Statement: Verses [7:14–17](../07/14.md) are one long sentence in Aramaic. The first part ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) provides the reasons for the second part (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could break up that sentence into several smaller sentences. To begin with, you could make this verse a sentence of its own. To do that, you could leave off the word **Because** and express the meaning later in verse 17 with a word such as “so” or “therefore.” Alternate translation: “The king and his seven counselors are sending you to inquire about Judah and about Jerusalem by the law of your God which is in your hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Connecting Statement: The word **Because** indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). If you have decided to keep the long sentence, you can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that introduces a reason. However, also consider breaking up this long sentence If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Connecting Statement: The word **Because** indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). If you have decided to keep the long sentence, you can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that introduces a reason. However, if it would be helpful in your language, also consider breaking up this long sentence. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 h7cx figs-activepassive מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cx02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 the king, and his seven counselors This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you from my court” or “I and my seven counselors are sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -922,7 +921,7 @@ EZR 8 13 rzr8 figs-explicit וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮
|
|||
EZR 8 13 k1ic translate-names אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 Adonikam These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 13 hu49 figs-explicit וְעִמָּהֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 sixty See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 60 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 p7ej figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר 1 Bigvai **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 we81 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 seventy See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Here, **him** actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 we81 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 seventy See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Here, **him** actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 zfwz figs-explicit וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם אֶל־הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַנַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה 1 General Information: **Them** means everyone listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md), everyone who would be traveling with Ezra. The implication is that they all packed for the trip and set out from their homes, but then assembled at a location outside of the city of Babylon where Ezra could make sure the group was ready for the trip. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had everyone who was going to be traveling with me assemble on the banks of the river that flows from Babylon to Ahava. We camped there for three days so that I could make sure that we had enough temple personnel with us and that we could transport the gold and silver safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 gl34 translate-names הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א 1 the river that flows to Ahava The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In [8:21](../08/21.md) and [8:31](../08/31.md), Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 uqev figs-exclusive וַנַּחֲנֶ֥ה 1 the river that flows to Ahava As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -939,7 +938,7 @@ EZR 8 17 akq5 translate-names אִדּ֣וֹ 1 Next I sent them **Iddo** is the
|
|||
EZR 8 17 ggi9 translate-names בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א 1 Kasiphia **Kasiphia** is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 nq66 figs-metaphor וָאָשִׂימָה֩ בְּפִיהֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God Putting words in someone’s mouth figuratively means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “And I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 y2wd figs-metaphor אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤יו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּכָסִפְיָ֣א הַמָּק֔וֹם 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are also included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the **brothers** are said to include **temple servants**, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the temple servants who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 p5pg figs-quotations לְהָֽבִיא־לָ֥נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God This is the purpose for which Ezra sent the messengers to Iddo. You could indicate that in your translation, or, If your readers would misunderstand this and helpful to your readers, you could present this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “so that he would send us more people who could serve in the temple of our God” or, as a direct quotation, “to say, “Please send us some people who can serve in the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 p5pg figs-quotations לְהָֽבִיא־לָ֥נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God This is the purpose for which Ezra sent the messengers to Iddo. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that in your translation, or you could present this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “so that he would send us more people who could serve in the temple of our God” or, as a direct quotation, “to say, “Please send us some people who can serve in the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 f8xf figs-exclusive לָ֥נוּ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 kbq4 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּבִ֨יאּוּ 1 Sherebiah … Mahli This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 a7cr figs-metaphor כְּיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ הַטּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 So they sent to us by the good hand of our God a man As in the expression **according to the good hand of his God upon him** in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents action, and the expression indicates that God showed Ezra favor and helped him on this occasion. Alternate translation: “because our God was helping us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
|
@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ NEH 1 9 ab85 figs-personification אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר
|
|||
NEH 1 9 lgh9 figs-explicit אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם 1 to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there This phrase refers initially to Jerusalem because that was where God chose to put his temple. You could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where I have chosen for my name to remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 1 9 w4qw figs-metonymy אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם 1 to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there Nehemiah is actually using this phrase to refer to all of Judah. As the book explains later, when the Jews returned there, they each settled in their own former towns, though one in ten of them were recruited to live in Jerusalem. So Judah is being described by something associated with it, the capital city. Alternate translation: “to your homeland of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
NEH 1 9 g88j figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖י 1 my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
NEH 1 10 mjx7 figs-123person וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ 1 And they are your servants and your people The word **they** refers to the Israelite people. Since Nehemiah is speaking on their behalf and including himself, you could say “we” in your translation If your readers would misunderstand this. If your language marks the distinction, “we” should not include the addressee. Alternate translation: “we are your servants, your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
NEH 1 10 mjx7 figs-123person וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ 1 And they are your servants and your people The word **they** refers to the Israelite people. Since Nehemiah is speaking on their behalf and including himself, you could say “we” in your translation, If it would be helpful in your language. If your language marks the distinction, “we” should not include the addressee. Alternate translation: “we are your servants, your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
NEH 1 10 ab87 figs-parallelism וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ 1 And they are your servants and your people As in [1:6](../01/06.md), **servants** refers to the special role that the people of Israel had as a model community of God’s followers. So these two phrases are basically saying the same thing. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “we are your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
NEH 1 10 ab89 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר פָּדִ֨יתָ֙ 1 whom you redeemed This is a reference to the way God delivered the Israelites from slavery in Egypt. Alternate translation: “you rescued us from slavery in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 1 10 zu4s figs-doublet בְּכֹחֲךָ֣ הַגָּד֔וֹל וּבְיָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָֽה 1 by your great power and by your strong hand These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize the intensity of Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “by your very great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ NEH 4 23 llry grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְאֵ֨ין 1 In this ver
|
|||
NEH 4 23 g8mf figs-metonymy וְאַחַ֣י 1 Here **brother** likely refers to Nehemiah’s close relatives. Elsewhere in the book he indicates that his brother Hanani lived in the city and that his relatives ate with him at the governor’s table ([1:2](../01/02.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), [7:2](../07/02.md)). Alternate translation: “nor my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
NEH 4 23 vfv3 figs-idiom וּנְעָרַ֗י 1 As in [4:16](../04/16.md), this means “my servants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
NEH 4 23 flyg translate-unknown וְאַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּשְׁמָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַחֲרַ֔י 1 This likely refers to the personal bodyguard that the king would have assigned to Nehemiah when he appointed him to be the governor of Judah. (Nehemiah describes this appointment in [5:14](../05/14.md).) Alternate translation: “my personal bodyguard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
NEH 4 23 upc5 figs-ellipsis אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ הַמָּֽיִם 1 Here the specific meaning of the Hebrew text is unknown, but Nehemiah is almost certainly leaving out some of the words that a sentence would normally have to have in order to be complete. He says that he and his relatives, servants, and bodyguards did not take off their clothes, **or anyone his weapon at the water.** This could mean that “no one took his weapon off even when he was washing himself” or that “no one took his weapon off even when going to get water.” If your readers would misunderstand this if you explained what “at the water” might mean, you could choose one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “Each of us always had our weapons with us, even when we were washing ourselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
NEH 4 23 upc5 figs-ellipsis אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ הַמָּֽיִם 1 Here the specific meaning of the Hebrew text is unknown, but Nehemiah is almost certainly leaving out some of the words that a sentence would normally have to have in order to be complete. He says that he and his relatives, servants, and bodyguards did not take off their clothes, **or anyone his weapon at the water.** This could mean that “no one took his weapon off even when he was washing himself” or that “no one took his weapon off even when going to get water.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what “at the water” might mean, you could choose one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “Each of us always had our weapons with us, even when we were washing ourselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
NEH 4 23 v2e1 figs-idiom פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑ינוּ אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means **anyone.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
|
||||
NEH 5 1 za4u grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַתְּהִ֨י 1 Nehemiah now relates something else that was happening even while the Jews were trying to rebuild the wall and defend themselves against their enemies. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Around this same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ NEH 8 9 e1g7 writing-participants נְחֶמְיָ֣ה ה֣וּא הַתִּ
|
|||
NEH 8 9 e1g9 figs-distinguish וְעֶזְרָ֣א הַכֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ הַסֹּפֵ֡ר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
NEH 8 9 e1h1 וְהַלְוִיִּם֩ הַמְּבִינִ֨ים אֶת־הָעָ֜ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “The Levites who were explaining the meaning of the Law to the people.”
|
||||
NEH 8 9 e1h3 figs-explicit הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה 1 As a note to verse [8:1](../08/01.md) explains, this particular holiday was the Festival of Trumpets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is a holy day, set apart to worship Yahweh. It is the Festival of Trumpets.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 8 9 e1h5 figs-doublet הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The leaders were reminding the people that this was one of the festival days that Yahweh had told them to set apart as special times of worship and celebration. If your readers would misunderstand this you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “This is a special day for worshiping Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
NEH 8 9 e1h5 figs-doublet הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The leaders were reminding the people that this was one of the festival days that Yahweh had told them to set apart as special times of worship and celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “This is a special day for worshiping Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
NEH 8 9 e1h7 grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תִּֽתְאַבְּל֖וּ וְאַל־תִּבְכּ֑וּ 1 The leaders are saying that since this is a day for celebration, it is not appropriate for the people to be weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this connection by beginning this sentence with a word such as “so.” Alternate translation: “So do not mourn or cry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
NEH 8 9 e1h9 figs-doublet אַל־תִּֽתְאַבְּל֖וּ וְאַל־תִּבְכּ֑וּ 1 **Mourn** and **weep** mean the same thing. The leaders use both words together to emphasize that the people should be cheerful, not sad, on a festival day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these words in a single expression. Alternate translation: “So you should not be crying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
NEH 8 9 e1i1 grammar-connect-logic-result בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָעָ֔ם כְּשָׁמְעָ֖ם אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. Alternate translation: “The people in the crowd began to weep when they heard what was in the Law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ NEH 8 10 e1j9 figs-explicit כִּֽי־חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥י
|
|||
NEH 8 10 sni7 figs-abstractnouns חֶדְוַ֥ת…מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם 1 for the joy of Yahweh is your strength If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **joy** and **strength** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “happy … encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
NEH 8 11 e1k1 figs-hyperbole מַחְשִׁ֤ים לְכָל־הָעָם֙ 1 These are two overstatements that emphasize how encouraging the Levites were trying to be. **All the people** does not mean everyone in the crowd, but those who were crying. **Be silent** does not mean “say nothing” or “make no noise,” but “stop crying.” (Certainly the Levites hoped that these people would soon be talking and laughing with others at celebration meals.) Alternate translation: “encouraged the people who were weeping to stop crying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
NEH 8 11 e1k3 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ֔סּוּ כִּ֥י הַיּ֖וֹם קָדֹ֑שׁ וְאַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put your translation of “for today is holy” first since it gives the reason for the resulting actions in the other two phrases. You could also show the connection by using a word such as “so.” Alternate translation: “This is a day of celebration, so stop crying now, and do not be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
NEH 8 11 sxx6 הַ֔סּוּ 1 This is a word that signals to a person that they should be quiet. If your language has a similar expression, you can use it in your translation. You could also give the meaning in this context, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “Shhh” or “Stop crying now”
|
||||
NEH 8 11 sxx6 הַ֔סּוּ 1 This is a word that signals to a person that they should be quiet. If your language has a similar expression, you can use it in your translation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could also give the meaning in this context. Alternate translation: “Shhh” or “Stop crying now”
|
||||
NEH 8 11 fjz6 figs-activepassive וְאַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ 1 Do not be grieved If you expressed the idea behind this phrase with an active form in [8:10](../08/10.md) and you said there what was causing the action, you would not need to repeat that information here. Alternate translation: “do not be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
NEH 8 12 e1k5 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיֵּלְכ֨וּ כָל־הָעָ֜ם לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ וּלְשַׁלַּ֣ח מָנ֔וֹת וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the last phrase at the beginning of the sentence since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions. Alternate translation: “So the people celebrated by eating and drinking and sharing with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
NEH 8 12 e1k7 figs-explicit לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ 1 The implication is that they enjoyed the special food and drink described in [8:10](.//08/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating rich foods and drinking sweet drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1165,9 +1165,9 @@ NEH 9 23 w96j figs-simile וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כ
|
|||
NEH 9 23 t5pb figs-hyperbole וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּכֹכְבֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 This is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to have a very large number of children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
NEH 9 23 f1n5 figs-metaphor וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both boys and girls. Alternate translation: “and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
NEH 9 23 f1n7 figs-explicit וַתְּבִיאֵם֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אָמַ֥רְתָּ לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם לָב֥וֹא לָרָֽשֶׁת 1 This is the same **land** described in verse 15, the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You brought them back to the land of Canaan, the land that you had commanded the previous generation to enter and occupy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
NEH 9 23 f1n9 figs-gendernotations לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם 1 While **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors” throughout much of this prayer, in this case the word is intended more literally. It means the previous generation of Israelites, who had disobeyed when God told them the first time to occupy the land. But since both men and women were involved in the disobedience, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “to the previous generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
NEH 9 23 f1n9 figs-gendernotations לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם 1 While **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors” throughout much of this prayer, in this case the word is intended more literally. It means the previous generation of Israelites, who had disobeyed when God told them the first time to occupy the land. But since both men and women were involved in the disobedience, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “to the previous generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
NEH 9 24 f1o1 figs-parallelism וַיָּבֹ֤אוּ הַבָּנִים֙ וַיִּֽירְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ וַתַּכְנַ֨ע לִפְנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ הַכְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The Israelites of the next generation possessing the land is equivalent to Yahweh defeating its inhabitants when the Israelites fought against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “You enabled the next generation of Israelites to defeat the people who were living in the land of Canaan so that they could occupy the land themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
NEH 9 24 qpd4 figs-gendernotations הַבָּנִים֙ 1 This means literally the children of the generation that refused to enter the land. But since both men and women were involved in occupying the land, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “the next generation of Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
NEH 9 24 qpd4 figs-gendernotations הַבָּנִים֙ 1 This means literally the children of the generation that refused to enter the land. But since both men and women were involved in occupying the land, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “the next generation of Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
NEH 9 24 it8a figs-metonymy וַתַּכְנַ֨ע לִפְנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group, in this case the Israelite army that was fighting against the Canaanites. Alternate translation: “when the Israelites opposed them in battle, you defeated the people who were living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
NEH 9 24 l77q figs-doublet יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ הַכְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used for clarity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites who lived there,” otherwise “the people who lived here in this land, the descendants of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
NEH 9 24 vz5v figs-explicit וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּיָדָ֑ם וְאֶת־מַלְכֵיהֶם֙ וְאֶת־עַֽמְמֵ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת בָּהֶ֖ם כִּרְצוֹנָֽם 1 The Levites continue to recount details of Israelite history and assume that their listeners will understand the significance of these details. This sentence means, “You gave the Canaanites into the hands of the Israelites, that is, you gave their kings and the Canaanite people into the hands of the Israelites.” The implication is that once the Israelites had defeated the armies that the kings were leading, they could then do anything they wanted with the people who were living in the land. In other words, Yahweh gave the kings “into their hands” by defeating them, and as a result, the people were “in their hands” to do with whatever they wanted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to defeat the armies that the Canaanite kings were leading, and then they could do whatever they wanted with the people of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
|
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ EST 1 12 bsd5 figs-metaphor וַחֲמָת֖וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽ
|
|||
EST 1 13 asf9 לַחֲכָמִ֖ים 1 to the wise men This means the king’s advisors. You could call them “his advisors” or “the royal advisors.”
|
||||
EST 1 13 g9fe יֹדְעֵ֣י הָֽעִתִּ֑ים 1 who were knowers of the times This means something like “who knew the right way to do things” or “who understood the culture.”
|
||||
EST 1 13 x2u7 writing-background כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 for thus was the manner of the king This means that it was the king’s habit to consult his advisors on important questions. This is background information that explains why the king called upon these men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EST 1 13 adf1 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 for thus was the manner of the king You can place this first in the verse If your readers would misunderstand this to put the reason before the result because it explains what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 1 13 adf1 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 for thus was the manner of the king If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this first in the verse to put the reason before the result because it explains what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 1 13 jd11 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֕י 1 before the face of Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would personally ask his wise men for advice in matters like these. Alternate translation: “to consult personally with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 1 13 adf3 יֹדְעֵ֖י דָּ֥ת וָדִֽין 1 knowers of law and judgment This means that these advisors knew the law and knew how to make good decisions in light of it.
|
||||
EST 1 14 adf5 וְהַקָּרֹ֣ב אֵלָ֗יו 1 and the ones near to him Alternate translation: “the king’s closest advisors”
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ EST 2 11 jd81 figs-idiom וּבְכָל־י֣וֹם וָי֔וֹם 1 An
|
|||
EST 2 11 abd1 מָרְדֳּכַי֙ מִתְהַלֵּ֔ךְ 1 Mordecai was walking about Express this in the way your language describes an action that someone repeats over and over. For example, you can say, “Mordecai would walk around.”
|
||||
EST 2 11 jd83 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר 1 before the face of the courtyard Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a place. So you could say, “in front of the courtyard.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 2 11 abd2 בֵּית־הַנָּשִׁ֑ים 1 the house of women Alternate translation: “the harem for virgins”
|
||||
EST 2 11 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-result לָדַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ 1 in order to know the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. you could place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said, If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 2 11 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-result לָדַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ 1 in order to know the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 2 11 nz1p שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 the welfare of Esther Alternate translation: “how Esther was doing” or “about Esther’s well-being”
|
||||
EST 2 11 abd4 figs-parallelism שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּמַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽהּ 1 the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her These two phrases mean similar things. The story is using the repetition to emphasize how concerned Mordecai was for Esther. You could combine them and say, “how Esther was doing” or “if Esther was all right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EST 2 12 jcj8 writing-background וּבְהַגִּ֡יעַ 1 Now when … came Verses 12 to 14 are background information about how the virgins who were gathered for the king became his concubines. These verses are not specifically about Esther, but about the women in general. Use your language’s way of letting your readers know that this is background information by using a connecting word or a phrase such as, “This is how virgins became concubines for the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -322,21 +322,21 @@ EST 3 2 fg8v וּמִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 and prostrating themselv
|
|||
EST 3 2 jd99 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣וֹ 1 for thus the king had commanded concerning him If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first in the verse because it explains the reason why all the other officials were bowing to Haman. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 3 2 abi6 figs-explicit כִּי־כֵ֖ן צִוָּה־ל֣וֹ 1 for thus the king had commanded concerning him The king did this as a sign of Haman’s new position. You can state this here or in a separate sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “the king had commanded them to do this in order to show that he had given Haman such a high position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 2 abi7 figs-parallelism וּמָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְלֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה 1 But Mordecai would neither bow down nor would he prostrate himself These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was against the king’s command and how much determination it took for Mordecai to remain standing. You could combine these phrases as UST does and say, “But Mordecai refused to bow down to Haman.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai did not bow down or lie on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EST 3 2 abi8 figs-explicit וּמָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְלֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה 1 But Mordecai would neither bow down nor would he prostrate himself It appears that as a Jew, Mordecai considered it wrong to worship anyone other than Yahweh, and that he believed he would be worshiping Haman if he bowed down low to the ground to honor him. So, on religious grounds, Mordecai refused to bow down. you could say this explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 2 abi8 figs-explicit וּמָ֨רְדֳּכַ֔י לֹ֥א יִכְרַ֖ע וְלֹ֥א יִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽה 1 But Mordecai would neither bow down nor would he prostrate himself It appears that as a Jew, Mordecai considered it wrong to worship anyone other than Yahweh, and that he believed he would be worshiping Haman if he bowed down low to the ground to honor him. So, on religious grounds, Mordecai refused to bow down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 3 abi9 עַבְדֵ֥י הַמֶּ֛לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the servants of the king who were at the gate of the king See how you translated this expression at the beginning of [3:2](../03/02.md).
|
||||
EST 3 3 abj0 figs-explicit וַיֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ…לְמָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 said to Mordecai They spoke to Mordecai because they saw that he did not bow down. You can say this explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. you could say, for example, “The other officials saw that, and they asked Mordecai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 3 abj0 figs-explicit וַיֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ…לְמָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 said to Mordecai They spoke to Mordecai because they saw that he did not bow down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. You could say, for example, “The other officials saw that, and they asked Mordecai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 3 abj1 מַדּ֨וּעַ֙ אַתָּ֣ה עוֹבֵ֔ר אֵ֖ת מִצְוַ֥ת הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Why are you trespassing the command of the king? Alternative translation: “why are you disobeying the king’s command” or “why are you not obeying what the king commanded”
|
||||
EST 3 4 jd3r figs-explicit באמרם אֵלָיו֙ 1 when they spoke to him This means that they spoke to him about not bowing down. Specifically, they warned him that he would be severely punished if he kept disobeying the king and not honoring his highest official. you could say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 4 jd3r figs-explicit באמרם אֵלָיו֙ 1 when they spoke to him This means that they spoke to him about not bowing down. Specifically, they warned him that he would be severely punished if he kept disobeying the king and not honoring his highest official. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 4 jd1r figs-idiom י֣וֹם וָי֔וֹם 1 day by day This expression means “every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 3 4 abj2 figs-idiom וַיְהִ֗י באמרם אֵלָיו֙…וְלֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Now it happened that, when they spoke … he did not listen to them. Here, **he did not listen** means he did not heed their warning or he did not do what they said. Mordecai heard them, but he did not do what they advised him to do. This means that even though the other officials questioned him and probably warned him, he still refused to bow down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 3 4 uek4 figs-idiom וַיַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְהָמָ֗ן לִרְאוֹת֙ הֲיַֽעַמְדוּ֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 So they told Haman to see if the words of Mordecai would stand In this context, **standing** figuratively means to survive a challenge, and **words** means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 3 4 abj3 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָהֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 for he had told them that he was a Jew This is the answer that Mordecai gave the other officials when they asked him why he refused to bow down to Haman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put it first in the verse because it explains everything that happens afterwards. Alternate translation: “Mordecai told them that he was a Jew, and that Jews would bow down only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 3 4 abj4 figs-explicit כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָהֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 for he had told them that he was a Jew Mordecai’s explanation would have included the fact that Jews would only worship Yahweh. You could say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 4 abj4 figs-explicit כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָהֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 for he had told them that he was a Jew Mordecai’s explanation would have included the fact that Jews would only worship Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 5 abj5 figs-metaphor וַיַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן 1 The Haman saw Here, **seeing** figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 3 5 njt5 figs-parallelism אֵ֣ין מָרְדֳּכַ֔י כֹּרֵ֥עַ וּמִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה ל֑וֹ 1 Mordecai would neither bow down nor prostrate himself to him These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was. You could combine them as UST does and say, “Mordecai was refusing to bow down to him.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai would not bow down or lie on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EST 3 5 wk8p figs-metaphor וַיִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֖ן חֵמָֽה 1 And Haman was filled with rage Here, **Haman’s rage** is spoken of as something that could fill him up. You could say that he was furious or extremely angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 3 6 k5h9 figs-activepassive וַיִּ֣בֶז בְּעֵינָ֗יו 1 And it was despised in his eyes You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Haman considered that it was not enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 3 6 abj6 figs-explicit וַיִּ֣בֶז בְּעֵינָ֗יו 1 And it was despised in his eyes Haman probably decided to go to such extremes because he was so angry. You could say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 6 abj6 figs-explicit וַיִּ֣בֶז בְּעֵינָ֗יו 1 And it was despised in his eyes Haman probably decided to go to such extremes because he was so angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 6 abj7 וַיִּ֣בֶז 1 it was despised **Despise** in this context means not to hate but to think little of or think something is too small. This expression means that Haman decided it would not be enough just to kill Mordecai alone.
|
||||
EST 3 6 jd9r figs-metaphor בְּעֵינָ֗יו 1 in his eyes Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and in this case “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This phrase means in Haman’s judgment. Alternate translation: “as he saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 3 6 abj8 לִשְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ בְּמָרְדֳּכַ֣י לְבַדּ֔וֹ 1 to stretch out a hand against Mordecai alone Alternate translation: “he rejected the idea of killing only Mordecai” or “he decided to kill more than just Mordecai” or “he decided that it would not be enough to get rid of only Mordecai”
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,10 +355,10 @@ EST 3 7 abk4 figs-activepassive הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ 1 a Pur … was ca
|
|||
EST 3 7 abk5 grammar-connect-logic-result הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ 1 a Pur … was cast If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first because it explains the rest of what happens in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 3 7 j13r figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י הָמָ֗ן 1 before the face of Haman Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Haman was physically present when the lot was cast. Alternate translation: “as Haman watched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 3 7 j15r מִיּ֧וֹם ׀ לְי֛וֹם וּמֵחֹ֛דֶשׁ לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month This expression means that the lot was cast to select a particular day of the month and a particular month of the year.
|
||||
EST 3 7 j17r figs-explicit מִיּ֧וֹם ׀ לְי֛וֹם וּמֵחֹ֛דֶשׁ לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 7 j17r figs-explicit מִיּ֧וֹם ׀ לְי֛וֹם וּמֵחֹ֛דֶשׁ לְחֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 7 ih4b translate-hebrewmonths שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EST 3 7 abk6 שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar See how you decided in [2:16](../02/16.md) and the first part of this verse to represent the dates that are given in the Hebrew calendar in the book of Esther. Be consistent.
|
||||
EST 3 7 abk7 figs-explicit שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. You can say that explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 7 abk7 figs-explicit שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar This means that the lot indicated the twelfth month of that year as the time for Haman to carry out his plan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. (The day that was chosen is reported in verse 13.) Alternate translation: “the lot indicated the twelfth month, the month of Adar, as the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 7 k3vd translate-ordinal שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר 1 the twelfth Alternative translation: “month twelve” or “the twelfth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EST 3 8 abk8 figs-explicit וַיֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ לַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 Then Haman said to the king Ahasuerus The implication is that Haman then went to see the king so that he could speak with him. You could say that explicitly. Do not give your readers the impression that the king was present with Haman while he was casting the lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 3 8 aig9 translate-numbers יֶשְׁנ֣וֹ עַם־אֶחָ֗ד 1 He has one people **He** refers to the king, and **one people** refers to the Jews as a people group. So this means there is a people group or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ EST 6 4 rg8t לַחֲצַ֤ר בֵּית־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַ
|
|||
EST 6 4 vu7p לֵאמֹ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ לִתְלוֹת֙ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 to say to the king to hang Mordecai Alternate translation: “to tell the king that he wanted to hang Mordecai” or “to tell the king that he wanted to impale Mordecai”
|
||||
EST 6 4 at53 הָעֵ֖ץ אֲשֶׁר־הֵכִ֥ין לֽוֹ 1 the tree that he had prepared for him Alternate translation: “on the pole that he had set up” or “on the gallows that he had set up for Mordecai”
|
||||
EST 6 4 aby4 translate-unknown הָעֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 6 5 aby5 figs-explicit וַיֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ נַעֲרֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 And the young men of the king said It is implied that the young men went and looked, perhaps through a window or a doorway, to see who might be in the courtyard before they answered the king. You can say so If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “the young men who served the king looked and saw that Haman was in the courtyard. They said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 6 5 aby5 figs-explicit וַיֹּ֨אמְר֜וּ נַעֲרֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 And the young men of the king said It is implied that the young men went and looked, perhaps through a window or a doorway, to see who might be in the courtyard before they answered the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can say so. Alternate translation: “the young men who served the king looked and saw that Haman was in the courtyard. They said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 6 5 j93r figs-explicit הִנֵּ֥ה 1 Behold This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. You could also have the young men address the king directly to get his attention. Alternate translation: “O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 6 5 j95r יָבֽוֹא 1 Let him come Alternate translation: “he may come in”
|
||||
EST 6 6 j97r וַיָּבוֹא֮ הָמָן֒ וַיֹּ֤אמֶר לוֹ֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then Haman came, and the king said to him Alternate translation: “when Haman came in, the king said”
|
||||
|
|
@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ EST 6 8 abz0 figs-explicit וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִתַּ֛ן כֶּ֥תֶר
|
|||
EST 6 8 abz1 figs-abstractnouns כֶּ֥תֶר מַלְכ֖וּת 1 a crown of royalty **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate this idea with an adjective, “a royal crown.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EST 6 9 pp3l figs-metaphor וְנָת֨וֹן הַלְּב֜וּשׁ וְהַסּ֗וּס עַל־יַד־אִ֞ישׁ מִשָּׂרֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 Then give this garment and this horse into the hand of a man from the most noble officials of the king Here, **hand** is a metaphor meaning power, control, or authority. It appears that the king himself would not perform such acts of service to one of his subjects even if he really wanted to honor that person. So Haman is saying that on behalf of the king, representing his authority and power, one of the king’s most noble officials should present the man with the robe and the horse. Alternate translation: “then, on your behalf, have one of your most noble officials present the man with the robe and the horse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 6 9 j1d3 figs-123person אִ֞ישׁ מִשָּׂרֵ֤י הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הַֽפַּרְתְּמִ֔ים 1 a man from the most noble officials of the king Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “one of your most noble officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EST 6 9 pfz6 figs-explicit וְהִלְבִּ֨ישׁוּ֙ 1 And let them clothe Since **them** is plural, it likely refers to the king’s servants. You can say this explicitly If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “have your servants clothe … with the robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 6 9 pfz6 figs-explicit וְהִלְבִּ֨ישׁוּ֙ 1 And let them clothe Since **them** is plural, it likely refers to the king’s servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have your servants clothe … with the robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 6 9 j1d5 figs-idiom הָאִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽיקָר֑וֹ 1 the man in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 6 9 abz2 figs-123person הָאִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽיקָר֑וֹ 1 the man in whose honor the king is delighted Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EST 6 9 abz4 בִּרְח֣וֹב הָעִ֔יר 1 in the open place of the city This refers to a large, open space in the city, either the space that was in front of the palace (as in [4:6](../04/06.md)), or a space inside one of the city gates. In either case, this would have been a public area where people could gather, and so it was a place where a great number of people would have seen how the king was honoring Mordecai. Alternate translation: “through the public square of the city”
|
||||
|
|
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adve
|
|||
EST 8 1 acc9 figs-explicit וּמָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai came before the face of the king The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 j8d9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 acd0 figs-events הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ 1 Esther told what he was to her You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 j9d1 figs-explicit הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ 1 Esther told what he was to her Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. you could say this If your readers would misunderstand this. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 1 j9d1 figs-explicit הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽהּ 1 Esther told what he was to her Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 2 m5hz translate-symaction וַיָּ֨סַר הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗וֹ…וַֽיִּתְּנָ֖הּ לְמָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 the king removed his signet ring … and he gave it to Mordecai Giving the ring to Mordecai showed that Mordecai could now act on the king’s own authority, and it enabled him to do that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king now gave this ring to Mordecai to show that Mordecai had the power to act on the authority of the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EST 8 2 acd1 translate-unknown טַבַּעְתּ֗וֹ 1 signet ring See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the ring that had his official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EST 8 2 j9d3 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽהָמָ֔ן 1 that he had caused to pass from Haman This means that the king had taken back his signet ring from Haman. He would have done this when he sentenced Haman to death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king had given Haman the ring that had his official seal on it, but he had taken it back from Haman when he sentenced Haman to death, and the king was wearing it again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ EST 8 9 bj5s כִּכְתָבָ֔הּ 1 according to its writing Alternat
|
|||
EST 8 9 j4r7 figs-idiom וְעַ֥ם וָעָ֖ם 1 and people by people This expression means “every people group.” Alternate translation: “and to each ethnic group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 8 9 j4r9 figs-metonymy כִּלְשֹׁנ֑וֹ 1 according to its tongue Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EST 8 9 j5r1 וְאֶ֨ל־הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים כִּכְתָבָ֖ם וְכִלְשׁוֹנָֽם 1 and to the Jews according to their writing and according to their tongue The Jews would have been included among all the people groups in the empire in the phrase “people by people.” So this seems to be saying, “and especially to the Jews.” Verse 11 explains that it was particularly important for the Jews to read the letter because it gave them the right to defend themselves. Alternate translation: “they wrote especially to the Jews in their own script and in their own language”
|
||||
EST 8 10 acg5 וַיִּכְתֹּ֗ב…וַיַּחְתֹּ֖ם 1 And he wrote … and he sealed **He** refers to Mordecai. You can use his name here If your readers would misunderstand this.
|
||||
EST 8 10 acg5 וַיִּכְתֹּ֗ב…וַיַּחְתֹּ֖ם 1 And he wrote … and he sealed **He** refers to Mordecai. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use his name here.
|
||||
EST 8 10 ijp2 figs-metaphor בְּשֵׁם֙ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹ֔שׁ 1 in the name of King Ahasuerus Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. Alternate translation: “Mordecai wrote with the authority of King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EST 8 10 jf31 figs-explicit וַיַּחְתֹּ֖ם בְּטַבַּ֣עַת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 and he sealed with the signet ring of the king This means that Mordecai sealed the letters with this ring. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he sealed the letters with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EST 8 10 yt4j figs-metaphor בְּיַד֩ הָרָצִ֨ים בַּסּוּסִ֜ים 1 by the hand of runners on horses As in [3:13](../03/13.md), **hand** could mean two different things. (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the runners carried the letters in their hands. (2) It could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that runners were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers on horseback delivered the letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ EST 10 2 acs2 גְּדֻלַּ֣ת מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 the greatness of Mo
|
|||
EST 10 2 acs3 גִּדְּל֖וֹ 1 made him great See how you translated this phrase in 3:1 and 5:11. Alternate translation: “had promoted him”
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs4 figs-rquestion הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים עַל־סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים לְמַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס 1 are they not written in the book of the events of days of the kings of Persia and Media? This is actually a statement. The question form is used to emphasize the certainty of the statement. If questions are not used this way in your language, then use a statement instead, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs5 figs-activepassive הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 are they not written…? You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The king’s scribes made a record…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs6 הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 are they not written…? Because it comes first logically, you can put this first in the verse If your readers would misunderstand this.
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs6 הֲלוֹא־הֵ֣ם כְּתוּבִ֗ים 1 are they not written…? Because it comes first logically, you can put this first in the verse, if it would be helpful in your language.
|
||||
EST 10 2 acs7 figs-idiom סֵ֨פֶר֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֔ים לְמַלְכֵ֖י מָדַ֥י וּפָרָֽס 1 the book of the events of days for the kings of Media and Persia See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “the royal record books of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EST 10 3 j159 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 For This word indicates that this verse will give the reason why the scribes made a record about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EST 10 3 acs8 figs-distinguish הַיְּהוּדִ֗י 1 the Jew This phrase gives clarifying information about Mordecai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ OBA 1 15 crs9 קָר֥וֹב 1 near upon In this context, **near** means “clo
|
|||
OBA 1 15 rd8g figs-activepassive יֵעָ֣שֶׂה לָּ֔ךְ 1 According to what you have done, it will be done to you If you prefer an active verb you can use one here and you can specify who will do this action. Alternate translation: “I will do those same things to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
OBA 1 15 djk9 figs-metaphor גְּמֻלְךָ֖ יָשׁ֥וּב בְּרֹאשֶֽׁךָ 1 your recompense will return This is a metaphor that pictures the Edomites as having sent bad things out to others, and now those things are going to come back and hurt them as they land on their heads. Alternate translation: “those same things will soon happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
OBA 1 15 cr3s figs-synecdoche בְּרֹאשֶֽׁךָ 1 on your own head The **head** is being used to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
OBA 1 16 nf6s figs-explicit כִּ֗י כַּֽאֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 For according to how you drank As at the beginning of verse 15, here also the connecting word **For** indicates that this is a reason why the people of Edom should have helped the Israelites instead of joining in attacking them. Here also Yahweh describes how he will soon judge all nations for the way that they have treated others. There are two possibilities for how you can make this explicit, If your readers would misunderstand this. Choosing between these possibilities depends on how you interpret the referent of the word **you**. The word **you** here is masculine plural, the first and only time it occurs in this form in the book. Throughout the book, the nation of Edom was addressed with the masculine singular form. This is also the last occurrence of the second person in the book. (1) Because of these observations, the use of drinking here and throughout the Bible as a metaphor for suffering punishment, and the location of this suffering on Mount Zion in Jerusalem, it seems that here Obadiah stops addressing the people of Edom and returns to addressing the people of Israel. At the beginning of the book, Obadiah included the people of Israel when he said, “We have heard a report from Yahweh.” Now, near the end of the book, he addresses them again, giving them assurance that the people of Edom will be punished for what they did to the people of Israel. See the UST. (2) This word **you** could refer to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “You should have helped the people of Israel, because just as you drank” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 16 nf6s figs-explicit כִּ֗י כַּֽאֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 For according to how you drank As at the beginning of verse 15, here also the connecting word **For** indicates that this is a reason why the people of Edom should have helped the Israelites instead of joining in attacking them. Here also Yahweh describes how he will soon judge all nations for the way that they have treated others. There are two possibilities for how you can make this explicit, If it would be helpful in your language. Choosing between these possibilities depends on how you interpret the referent of the word **you**. The word **you** here is masculine plural, the first and only time it occurs in this form in the book. Throughout the book, the nation of Edom was addressed with the masculine singular form. This is also the last occurrence of the second person in the book. (1) Because of these observations, the use of drinking here and throughout the Bible as a metaphor for suffering punishment, and the location of this suffering on Mount Zion in Jerusalem, it seems that here Obadiah stops addressing the people of Edom and returns to addressing the people of Israel. At the beginning of the book, Obadiah included the people of Israel when he said, “We have heard a report from Yahweh.” Now, near the end of the book, he addresses them again, giving them assurance that the people of Edom will be punished for what they did to the people of Israel. See the UST. (2) This word **you** could refer to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “You should have helped the people of Israel, because just as you drank” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
OBA 1 16 cr9s writing-pronouns כַּֽאֲשֶׁ֤ר שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 according to how you have drunk Throughout the book of Obadiah, the nation of Edom is addressed with a masculine singular form of “you.” (The one feminine plural form in [verse 13](../01/13.md) only addresses the women of Edom). Here, however, **you** is masculine plural. There are two possibilities for who is being addressed here. (1) It refers to the people of Israel. This would explain the shift from singular to plural. Just as Obadiah addressed the people of Israel in the plural in [verse 1](../01/01.md), so he addresses them in the plural now. This interpretation also fits with the metaphor used here and throughout the Bible that pictures suffering and divine punishment as drinking something that makes a person stagger, fall, and die. The people of Israel suffered and died in Jerusalem when the city was destroyed. This also allows the comparison in this verse to fit with the idea in the previous verse that Edom will suffer in the same way that they made Israel to suffer. See the UST. (2) It refers to the people of Edom. In this case, the comparison is between how the people of Edom literally drank wine in celebration of Jerusalem’s destruction with how the nations will metaphorically drink God’s punishment. Either that, or the verb must be forced into a future meaning, and the comparison is between how God will punish the people of Edom in Jerusalem and how God will punish all the nations. Alternate translation: “just as I will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
OBA 1 16 cr7s figs-metaphor שְׁתִיתֶם֙ 1 according to how you have drunk The image of drinking something is often used in the Bible as a metaphor for suffering or for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “you suffered” or “I punished you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
OBA 1 16 ujj9 figs-metonymy עַל־הַ֣ר קָדְשִׁ֔י 1 the mountain of my holiness The **mountain of my holiness** refers to Mount Zion and therefore to the city of Jerusalem. So here Jerusalem is being referred to by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. Alternate translation: “in my holy city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ HAG 2 17 p7cx 0 all the work of your hands Alternate translation: “everythin
|
|||
HAG 2 17 bk6n figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
HAG 2 18 zyq1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the twenty-fourth day of the ninth month This is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of December on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Haggai 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
HAG 2 18 pcm4 figs-activepassive 0 the day that the foundation of Yahweh’s temple was laid This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the day that you laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
HAG 2 19 mx58 figs-rquestion 0 Is there still seed in the storehouse? Yahweh is preparing the people for the promise he is about to give them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you couldexpress it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you could see that there is no seed in the storehouse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HAG 2 19 mx58 figs-rquestion 0 Is there still seed in the storehouse? Yahweh is preparing the people for the promise he is about to give them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “you could see that there is no seed in the storehouse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
HAG 2 19 ld7r 0 The vine, the fig tree, the pomegranate, and the olive tree Alternate translation: “Your grape vines, fig trees, pomegranate trees, and olive trees”
|
||||
HAG 2 19 g2gc figs-explicit 0 the pomegranate This is a type of sweet fruit. You may need to make explicit that the tree is being spoken of. Alternate translation: “the pomegranate tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
HAG 2 20 l5py figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ LUK 1 35 x53s figs-metaphor δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει
|
|||
LUK 1 35 l057 figs-idiom Ὑψίστου 1 the Most High See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 l058 figs-idiom διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 k866 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 Therefore, the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of God** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says **therefore**, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If your readers would misunderstand these two passive forms, you could express the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 vrz6 figs-activepassive τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these two passive forms by stating the meaning of each with an active form. Alternate translation: “people will call this holy baby whom you will bear the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
LUK 1 35 l059 figs-parallelism τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 the holy one who will be born will be called the Son of God Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
LUK 1 36 lx9k figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
LUK 1 36 f88l καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς 1 she also has conceived a son in her old age Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
|
|
@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ JHN 7 30 e0ce writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 Here, **they** could refer to:
|
|||
JHN 7 30 pamg figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα 1 To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 uuzq grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν? 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν? 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
|
||||
JHN 7 32 re08 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 32 efsz γογγύζοντος 1 Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly, without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ JHN 7 33 b4m8 figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who
|
|||
JHN 7 34 p7w6 figs-infostructure ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 where I go, you will not be able to come If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 ojvy figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 tc23 figs-rquestion μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 tc23 figs-rquestion μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 ef1y figs-explicit τὴν διασπορὰν 1 Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 35 g64h figs-possession τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 1 The Jews used the phrase **of the Greeks** to describe the location where the Jews were dispersed. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1062,12 +1062,12 @@ JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his
|
|||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 figs-explicit οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 40 xvts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [verse 38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [verse 39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
JHN 7 40 xvts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [verse 38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [verse 39](../07/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show reference to earlier events by translating this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
JHN 7 40 schi grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 40 ifli figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah, because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah, because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said **Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 43 h7d3 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 43 lf5r grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ JHN 7 44 yv80 writing-pronouns τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them*
|
|||
JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 30](../07/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? **The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 i47o figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? Here, **the Pharisees** are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? Here, **the Pharisees** are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 zkmd figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 49 n0am grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 7 49 y4wf grammar-collectivenouns τὸν νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1083,11 +1083,11 @@ JHN 7 49 jk8j figs-activepassive ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 If your langua
|
|||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 50 yw8i εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
|
||||
JHN 7 50 hj1u figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ 1 Does our law judge a man Nicodemus speaks of the **law** figuratively as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 c2h5 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ? 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 jm59 figs-explicit προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning, Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 i0im ἐγείρεται 1 Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
|
||||
JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people ho
|
|||
JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “On the day after that happened,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 sy8h grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 t3jl figs-explicit τὴν ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 nu7x figs-explicit τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων 1 In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **the branches of the palm trees**, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 nu7x figs-explicit τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων 1 In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this use of **the branches of the palm trees** by stating the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 cw5w writing-quotations ἐκραύγαζον 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 hf0a figs-quotemarks ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 figs-explicit ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
296
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
296
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
|
|
@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω…πάντα 1 I have everything in full The phrase *
|
|||
PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit περισσεύω 1 I abound The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 p6y1 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 hte4 translate-names Ἐπαφροδίτου 1 I abound **Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
|
||||
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God Here Paul speaks figuratively of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ 1 an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God Here Paul speaks figuratively of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will fulfill all your needs The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus Alternate translation: “from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus”
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God When Paul says **our**, he is speaking of himself and the Philippian believers, so **our** is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ COL 1 18 jjgh figs-metaphor γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρω
|
|||
COL 1 19 npzz grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **for** provides a reason for previous statements. If **for** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Son’s headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 1 19 nyos figs-explicit ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι 1 The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking figuratively of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 19 zu89 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 19 wmdw figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα 1 In the context, **fullness** stands for the **fullness** of divinity, or everything that characterizes God. If your readers would misunderstand **fullness**, you could make it clear that this word refers to the **fullness** of God. Alternate translation: “the full divinity of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 19 wmdw figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα 1 In the context, **fullness** stands for the **fullness** of divinity, or everything that characterizes God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear that **fullness** refers to the **fullness** of God. Alternate translation: “the full divinity of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 qweh ἀποκαταλλάξαι 1 through the blood of his cross This verse continues the sentence from the previous verse, so **to reconcile** continues the same verb from there, “was pleased,” along with its implied subject, God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat that subject and verb here. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to reconcile”
|
||||
COL 1 20 cf2d τὰ πάντα 1 through the blood of his cross Here, **all things** includes everything that God created, including people. If **all things** would be misunderstood in your language, you could be more specific. Alternate translation: “all things and all people”
|
||||
COL 1 20 c3qd figs-abstractnouns εἰρηνοποιήσας 1 through the blood of his cross If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **peace**, you can express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having made things right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,12 +121,12 @@ COL 1 23 kgp1 figs-possession τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελί
|
|||
COL 1 23 prwf figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 which was proclaimed If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 q21b figs-hyperbole ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 to every creature that is under heaven Here Paul uses an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to emphasize how far the good news has spread. If this phrase would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or qualify the claim. Alternate translation: “to people in many different places” or “to people in every place we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 lptz translate-unknown τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 In Paul’s culture, **under heaven** refers to the visible part of creation that humans regularly interact with. It excludes spiritual beings, the stars, and anything else in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand **under heaven**, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “that is on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 lptz translate-unknown τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 In Paul’s culture, **under heaven** refers to the visible part of creation that humans regularly interact with. It excludes spiritual beings, the stars, and anything else in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **under heaven** with a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “that is on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 g8iq figs-personification οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος διάκονος 1 of which I, Paul, became a servant Here Paul speaks as if the good news were a person of whom he could become **a servant**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could explain that Paul is **a servant** of God, but his task from God is to proclaim the good news. Alternate translation: “which I, Paul, proclaim as God has commanded me, his servant, to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 z01x grammar-connect-words-phrases νῦν 1 The word **Now** indicates that Paul wishes to tell the Colossians how he is currently serving the gospel. It does not indicate a change of topic, as it sometimes does in English. If **Now** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a longer phrase to express this idea. Alternate translation: “While I write this letter,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 gq1n ἐν τοῖς παθήμασιν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 Alternate translation: “while I suffer for your sake”
|
||||
COL 1 24 fm9y figs-metaphor ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh Paul speaks of his **flesh** as if it were a container that could **fill** up with **afflictions**. By this, he means that his bodily sufferings function to satisfy a specific purpose, which here is to finish what **Christ** started with his **afflictions**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “with my bodily suffering, I finish what the Messiah started when he suffered. I do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 nb2g figs-explicit τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul is not saying that there is a **lack** in Christ’s **afflictions** because those **afflictions** did not succeed in doing what they were supposed to do. Instead, the **lack** refers to what Christ wished for his disciples to do as his servants. The **lack**, then, is something that Christ intentionally did not accomplish, because he wanted Paul to do it. If your readers would misunderstand a **lack**, you could rephrase this so that it is clearer that Christ intentionally left something for Paul to do. Alternate translation: “the afflictions that Christ has called me to suffer to complete his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 nb2g figs-explicit τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul is not saying that there is a **lack** in Christ’s **afflictions** because those **afflictions** did not succeed in doing what they were supposed to do. Instead, the **lack** refers to what Christ wished for his disciples to do as his servants. The **lack**, then, is something that Christ intentionally did not accomplish, because he wanted Paul to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase **lack** so that it is clearer that Christ intentionally left something for Paul to do. Alternate translation: “the afflictions that Christ has called me to suffer to complete his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 k5yd figs-possession τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul uses two possessive forms to speak about the **lack** that characterizes the **afflictions** that **Christ** suffered. If your language would not use possessive forms to express that idea, you could express the idea with a relative clause or two clauses. Alternate translation: “what Christ, when he suffered, left for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 mge9 figs-metaphor τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 for the sake of his body, which is the church Here Paul speaks of the **church** as if it were Christ’s **body**, and he provides the explanation of what **body** means. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could refer to the **church** first and then identify it as his **body**. Alternate translation: “the church, which is his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 gc4m figs-explicit ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος 1 If your language would specify who called Paul to be a servant of the church, you could rephrase this clause so that God is the subject and Paul is the object. Alternate translation: “God appointed me to be a servant of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ COL 3 10 v7xq grammar-connect-logic-goal κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ κτί
|
|||
COL 3 10 d15v translate-unknown εἰκόνα 1 the image The word **image** could refer to (1) the way humans show or reflect God’s glory, just like he created them to do. Alternate translation: “the reflection of the glory” (2) Christ, who is the image of God, the way humans can see the invisible God. Alternate translation: “Christ, the image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 rqsf figs-abstractnouns κατ’ εἰκόνα τοῦ 1 the image If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **image**, you can express the idea in a different way, such as with a relative clause. Make sure your translation fits with what **image** refers to, as discussed in the previous note. Alternate translation: “according to how you reflect the one” or “according to Christ, who reflects the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 jep5 writing-pronouns τοῦ κτίσαντος 1 The **one who created it** refers to God. If **the one who created it** would be misunderstood, you could clarify that God is **the one**. Alternate translation: “of God, who created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 xnc0 writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **it** refers to “the new man.” If your readers would misunderstand what **it** refers to, you could translate **it** with a phrase that more clearly refers back to “the new man.” Alternate translation: “this new man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 xnc0 writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 The pronoun **it** refers to “the new man.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express what **it** refers to by translating **it** with a phrase that more clearly refers back to “the new man.” Alternate translation: “this new man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 wnmm figs-metaphor ὅπου 1 Here Paul refers to the “new man” from the previous verse as if it were a place one could be in. This means that the word **where** refers to the new situation of those who have put on this “new man.” If **where** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea by identifying those who have put on the “new man” as the ones addressed by this verse. Alternate translation: (start a new sentence) “For those who have put on the new man,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 mrpc figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἔνι 1 Here, Paul speaks as if none of the kinds of people he mentions exist in this new situation. The Colossians would have understood this as a way to emphasize how little the differences between all these kinds of people matter once they have died and risen with Christ. They all fit into the category of the “new man” now. If **there is no** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea without the hyperbole by emphasizing the new unity of people from all these categories. Alternate translation: “all people are the same,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 t2w2 figs-genericnoun οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος, περιτομὴ καὶ ἀκροβυστία, βάρβαρος, Σκύθης, δοῦλος, ἐλεύθερος 1 there is no Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave, freeman All these terms are nouns that refer to groups of people that are characterized by the trait that the noun names. These words do not refer to just one person. If your language has a way to categorize people by characteristics, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “there are no Greek and Jewish people, circumcised and uncircumcised people, barbaric people, Scythian people, enslaved people, free people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δέδεμαι 1 on account of which also I have been
|
|||
COL 4 3 lsdv figs-activepassive δέδεμαι 1 on account of which also I have been bound If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form with a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they have bound me” or “the authorities have bound me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 x8bf grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 in order that I may make it clear The phrase **in order that** could introduce: (1) another thing for which the Colossians should pray (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and that” or “and asking that” (2) another purpose for which the Colossians should pray for Paul (in addition to what is said in [4:3](../04/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 hm5w φανερώσω αὐτὸ 1 in order that I may make it clear Alternate translation: “I may reveal it” or “I may express it clearly”
|
||||
COL 4 4 rkal grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς 1 in order that I may make it clear Here, the word **as** functions to introduce a reason why Paul must preach his message clearly. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of **as**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action. Alternate translation: “because this is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 rkal grammar-connect-logic-result ὡς 1 in order that I may make it clear Here, the word **as** functions to introduce a reason why Paul must preach his message clearly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of **as** with a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action. Alternate translation: “because this is how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 ofin figs-explicit δεῖ με λαλῆσαι 1 in order that I may make it clear If your language would state who requires Paul to speak in these ways, you could include “God” as the one that role. Alternate translation: “God has commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 z3ax figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε πρὸς 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside Here Paul uses the word **walk** to refer to consistent, habitual behavior (like putting one foot in front of the other). In this image, walking **toward** someone refers to consistent behavior in relationship with that person. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable metaphor or non-figuratively. Alternate translation: “Act … with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 u3j7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν σοφίᾳ 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wisdom**, you can express the idea with an adverb such as “wisely” or an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “in wise ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ COL 4 6 fuv5 figs-metaphor ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος 1 your words always w
|
|||
COL 4 6 c1w4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδέναι 1 to know how it is necessary for you to answer Here Paul uses the phrase **to know** to introduce the result of speaking words **with grace** and **seasoned with salt**. If **to know** does not introduce a result in your language, you could use a word or phrase that more clearly expresses that Paul is speaking about a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that you will know” or “ so that you might know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
COL 4 6 jdtx πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς…ἀποκρίνεσθαι 1 to know how it is necessary for you to answer Alternate translation: “how to best answer” or “the right answer to give to”
|
||||
COL 4 6 djl0 writing-pronouns ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ 1 to know how it is necessary for you to answer The phrase **each one** refers to individuals who would be considered part of “those outside” ([4:5](../04/05.md)). If what **each one** refers to would be misunderstood in your language, you could explicitly refer back to how you translated “those outside.” Alternate translation: “each outsider” or “each one who does not believe in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
COL 4 7 ut91 figs-infostructure τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ πάντα γνωρίσει ὑμῖν Τυχικὸς, ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς, καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος, καὶ σύνδουλος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Connecting Statement: If your readers would misunderstand this sentence because of the order, you could rearrange this verse so that (1) what **Tychicus will make known** to them comes after **to you**, and (2) the words that describe **Tychicus** come after his name. You may need to make one or both of these changes to make the verse clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Tychicus, the beloved brother and faithful servant and fellow slave in the Lord, will make known to you all the things concerning me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
|
||||
COL 4 7 ut91 figs-infostructure τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ πάντα γνωρίσει ὑμῖν Τυχικὸς, ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς, καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος, καὶ σύνδουλος ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange this sentence so that (1) what **Tychicus will make known** to them comes after **to you**, and (2) the words that describe **Tychicus** come after his name. You may need to make one or both of these changes to make the verse clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Tychicus, the beloved brother and faithful servant and fellow slave in the Lord, will make known to you all the things concerning me” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
|
||||
COL 4 7 xzz4 figs-idiom τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ πάντα 1 the things concerning me When Paul speaks of **All the things concerning me**, he refers to details about his life such as where he is living, his health, how his work is progressing, and other similar details. If your language has a customary way to refer to this kind of information, you could use it here, or you could express the idea with a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “All the news about me” or “All the details about how I am doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 4 7 cbzm translate-names Τυχικὸς 1 the things concerning me **Tychicus** is the name of a man. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
|
||||
COL 4 7 m52y figs-explicit πιστὸς διάκονος 1 the things concerning me If your language would state whom Tychicus serves, you could make this explicit. He could be a **servant** to: (1) Paul. Alternate translation: “my faithful servant” (2) the Lord, and thus the Lord’s church as well. Alternate translation: “faithful servant of the Lord and his church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 3 7 h222 figs-explicit μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us The phrase **to imitate** may be a difficult word to translate in your language. In that case, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to act the way that my fellow workers and I act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠτακτήσαμεν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 we did not behave disorderly among you Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “we lived among you as those who had much discipline” or “we worked diligently when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 ruh3 translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 Paul refers to **bread** here because it was the most common and basic food for them. If your readers would not be familiar with **bread** or if that is a kind of food that would be considered unusual or extravagant, you could use a general expression for ordinary food. Alternate translation: “food” or “anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** form a merism, which means “all the time.” If your readers would misunderstand this to mean that they worked without taking any rest whatsoever, then you could make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “working throughout that time with little rest” or “we worked almost continuously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 working night and day Here, **night and day** form a merism, which means “all the time.” If it would be helpful in your language to explain that they did not work without taking any rest whatsoever, then you could make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: “working throughout that time with little rest” or “we worked almost continuously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in toil and hardship Here, **toil** and **hardship** have very similar meanings. Paul used this repetition to emphasize that they worked very hard. If you do not have two similar words that you can use here or if it would be unnatural for you to use such repetition, you could emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “with great effort” or “in very difficult circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ’ 1 not because we do not have authority, but Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and we certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 lrjr figs-abstractnouns ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **example**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we might show you the right way in order for you” or “we might demonstrate the way to live for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully Alternate translations: “if a person uses it correctly” or “if a person uses it in the way that God intended”
|
||||
1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 knowing this Alternate translation: “we also know this”
|
||||
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 the law is not made for the righteous If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 dl5l figs-nominaladj δικαίῳ 1 the righteous Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun, to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 t139 figs-nominaladj ἀνόμοις δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις 1 the lawless and the rebellious, the ungodly and the sinful, the godless and the profane Paul is also using these adjectives as nouns to refer to the classes of people that they describe. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate each of these adjectives with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who break the law, people who defy authority, people who do not honor God, people who commit sins, people who live as if God did not matter, people who live as if nothing was sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 t141 πατρολῴαις καὶ μητρολῴαις, ἀνδροφόνοις 1 father-killers and mother-killers, man-slayers In this list Paul uses several compound words to express his meaning concisely and vividly. In each case the first term in the compound, a noun, is the object of the second term in the compound, a verb. Three of these compound words are in this verse, and two more are in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could translate them either with single terms or with phrases. Alternate translations: “patricides and matricides, murders” or “people who kill other people, even their own fathers and mothers”
|
||||
1TI 1 9 dl5l figs-nominaladj δικαίῳ 1 the righteous Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun, to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 t139 figs-nominaladj ἀνόμοις δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις 1 the lawless and the rebellious, the ungodly and the sinful, the godless and the profane Paul is also using these adjectives as nouns to refer to the classes of people that they describe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating each of these adjectives with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who break the law, people who defy authority, people who do not honor God, people who commit sins, people who live as if God did not matter, people who live as if nothing was sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 1 9 t141 πατρολῴαις καὶ μητρολῴαις, ἀνδροφόνοις 1 father-killers and mother-killers, man-slayers In this list Paul uses several compound words to express his meaning concisely and vividly. In each case the first term in the compound, a noun, is the object of the second term in the compound, a verb. Three of these compound words are in this verse, and two more are in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these terms by translating them either with single terms or with phrases. Alternate translations: “patricides and matricides, murders” or “people who kill other people, even their own fathers and mothers”
|
||||
1TI 1 9 t142 figs-gendernotations ἀνδροφόνοις 1 man-slayers Paul uses the term **man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 1 10 y5dx figs-nominaladj πόρνοις 1 the immoral Paul is using the adjective **immoral** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have sexual relations outside of marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 1 10 y5dx figs-nominaladj πόρνοις 1 the immoral Paul is using the adjective **immoral** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have sexual relations outside of marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 1 10 v1gh figs-idiom ἀρσενοκοίταις 1 male-liers The term **male-liers** is the fourth compound word on the list. The term “lie” figuratively means to have sexual relations. Alternate translation: “men who have sexual relations with other males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 1 10 bzw4 figs-gendernotations ἀνδραποδισταῖς 1 man-stealers The term **man-stealers** is the fifth and last compound word on the list. Paul uses the term **man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people who kidnap other people to sell them as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 1 10 gg42 καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται 1 and if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching Here Paul leaves out some of the words that, in many languages, a sentence would need to be complete. He means that if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching, then the law is made for people who do that, too. Alternate translation: “and for people who do anything else that is against wholesome teaching”
|
||||
|
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 16 z5kg figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was shown mercy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express who showed mercy to Paul with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 16 epe2 ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ 1 so that in me, the first Alternate translation: “so that through me, the worst sinner of all”
|
||||
1TI 1 17 k9sc δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce a change in what he is writing. As a result of what he has been teaching Timothy, he now writes a blessing to and about God. Use a word to indicate this change in your language, such as “so” or “now.”
|
||||
1TI 1 17 ts5z figs-abstractnouns τιμὴ καὶ δόξα 1 be honor and glory If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **grace**, you could express the ideas behind the them with verbs. Alternate translation: “may people honor and glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 17 ts5z figs-abstractnouns τιμὴ καὶ δόξα 1 be honor and glory If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **grace** by stating the ideas behind the them with verbs. Alternate translation: “may people honor and glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 ijn8 figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν παρατίθεμαί σοι 1 This command I am placing before you Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translations: “I am entrusting you with this command” or “this is what I am commanding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 b6uq figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 child Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **child**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 18 y6jg κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας 1 in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly how these prophecies happened and who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
|
||||
|
|
@ -126,14 +126,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and then God created Eve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 wq5k figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη 1 Adam was not deceived If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 n6td figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 came into transgression If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **transgression**, you could express the ideas behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 2 14 t221 figs-abstractnouns ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν 1 came into transgression If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **transgression** by stating the ideas behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 krx4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 t222 σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” Later in the sentence, **they** refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
|
||||
1TI 2 15 u8iv σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 she will be saved through childbearing This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
|
||||
1TI 2 15 i0ap figs-synecdoche διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 n818 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 she will be saved If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 gh3c ἐὰν μείνωσιν 1 if they remain Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
|
||||
1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and holiness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and holiness If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with self-control Here, **with self-control** could mean: (1) with good judgment. (2) with modesty. (3) with clear thinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[3:16](../03/16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to express what it understood to be the meaning of who Jesus was and what he did.<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the Greek term in verses 1-2, which means literally an “over-seer.” The word “bishop” is derived directly from the letters of this Greek term. Paul writes about another kind of church leader, a “deacon,” in verses 8 and 12.<br><br>### Character qualities<br><br>This chapter lists several qualities that an overseer or deacon in the church must have. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 3 1 t227 πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This word is trustworthy As in [1:15](../01/15.md), in this context the term **word** has a meaning more like “statement” or “message.” Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
|
||||
|
|
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 12 qi8l μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω 1 Let no one despise your youth The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”
|
||||
1TI 4 12 t325 ἐν λόγῳ 1 in word In this context, the term **word** means “what you say.” Alternate translation: “in your speech”
|
||||
1TI 4 13 t326 figs-explicit πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching**, you could translate them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 4 13 kky7 figs-abstractnouns πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching** by translating them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 i1ka figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἀμέλει 1 You can translate this phrase in a positive way if that is more natural for your language. Alternate translations: “continue to use” or “make sure you develop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 t22x figs-metaphor μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God’s **gift**. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 14 hdd9 figs-explicit μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος 1 Do not neglect the gift in you The implication is that this **gift** is the ability that God has given Timothy for ministry. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 1 dnf2 ἀλλὰ παρακάλει 1 but exhort him Alternate translation: “instead, encourage him”
|
||||
1TI 5 1 enp9 figs-simile ὡς πατέρα, νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς 1 as a father, younger men as brothers Paul uses these two similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with the same sincere love and respect that he would show to family members. Alternate translation: “as if he were your own father, and encourage younger men as if they were your own brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TI 5 2 t1pv figs-simile ὡς μητέρας, νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφὰς 1 as mothers, younger women as sisters Paul uses these two similes to tell Timothy that he should treat fellow believers with sincere love and respect, just as he would treat family members. Alternate translation: “encourage each of them as if they were your own mother, and encourage younger women as if they were your own sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TI 5 2 ivl7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνίᾳ 1 in all purity If your readers would misunderstand the idea behind the abstract noun **purity**, you could translate it with an adjective such as “pure.” Alternate translation: “making sure that your thoughts and actions are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 5 2 ivl7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνίᾳ 1 in all purity If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **purity** by translating it with an adjective such as “pure.” Alternate translation: “making sure that your thoughts and actions are pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 5 3 smp5 figs-idiom χήρας τίμα 1 Honor widows This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “provide for widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 5 3 qc6s τὰς ὄντως χήρας 1 real widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
|
||||
1TI 5 4 vv64 τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα 1 children or grandchildren Here these **children** and **grandchildren** are adults who are able to care for others, not young children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 5 xp1u figs-hendiadys ἡ…ὄντως χήρα καὶ μεμονωμένη 1 the genuine and left-alone widow The two words **genuine** and **left-alone** work together to describe one condition, and they may be combined if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “a widow who is genuinely alone” Or it may be that **left-alone** further defines **genuine**. Alternate translation: “a real widow, that is, one who has no family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 5 5 ggk0 ἡ…χήρα 1 the … widow Here, **the … widow** does not refer to any specific widow, but to all widows who meet this description. Alternate translations: “any … widow” or “all … widows”
|
||||
1TI 5 5 u1lj figs-ellipsis προσμένει ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 continues in requests and prayers Paul leaves a verb unexpressed here that your language might need to express. Alternate translations: “continues in making requests and prayers” or “continues to make requests and to offer prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 in requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
|
||||
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-hendiadys ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 in requests and prayers The phrase **requests and prayers** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **requests** tells what kind of **prayers** Paul is talking about here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translations: “making requests to God in prayer” or “praying to God for what she needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]).
|
||||
1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 night and day The words **night** and **day** are used together to mean that she prays to God often, no matter what time it is. It does not mean that she prays all night and all day without ever stopping. Alternate translation: “at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1TI 5 6 qy5h figs-metaphor ζῶσα τέθνηκεν 1 living, has died Paul speaks figuratively about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: “has died in her spirit, even though she is still alive physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 7 qw6m καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
|
||||
|
|
@ -287,14 +287,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 10 ygl3 translate-symaction ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 t366 figs-synecdoche ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 bw4h figs-idiom ἁγίων 1 the saints The term **saints** refers to believers in Jesus as people who are “holy” or “set apart” for God. Alternate translations: “the believers” or “God’s holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 ey6i figs-nominaladj θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν 1 she has relieved the afflicted Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 ey6i figs-nominaladj θλιβομένοις ἐπήρκεσεν 1 she has relieved the afflicted Paul is using the adjective **afflicted** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “has helped people who were suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 h96j figs-hyperbole παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν 1 she has pursued every good work Paul uses the word **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “she has done many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
1TI 5 11 rv5h νεωτέρας δὲ χήρας παραιτοῦ 1 But refuse younger widows Alternate translation: “But do not add the names of widows who are younger than 60 years old to the list of widows”
|
||||
1TI 5 11 vqq9 figs-explicit ὅταν…καταστρηνιάσωσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when they become wanton against Christ The implication of this phrase is that when a widow accepted a place on the register, she promised to remain unmarried and devote herself to serving other believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when they feel bodily desires that are contrary to their pledge of chastity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 5 12 t372 ἔχουσαι κρίμα 1 having judgment Alternate translation: “and so they incur God’s judgment”
|
||||
1TI 5 12 nha7 τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 they have broken their first pledge The term **pledge** here refers to a commitment that the widows made, as the last note to [5:11](../05/11.md) explains, that they would serve the Christian community for the rest of their lives and not remarry if the community would supply their needs. Alternate translations: “they have not kept their prior commitment” or “they have not done what they had previously promised to do”
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t4iv καὶ ἀργαὶ μανθάνουσιν 1 they learn to be lazy ones Alternate translation: “they also get into the habit of doing nothing”
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t375 figs-nominaladj ἀργαὶ 1 lazy Paul is using the adjective **lazy** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t375 figs-nominaladj ἀργαὶ 1 lazy Paul is using the adjective **lazy** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 5 13 t376 περιερχόμεναι τὰς οἰκίας 1 going around houses Alternate translation: “going from house to house”
|
||||
1TI 5 13 nll4 figs-doublet φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι τὰ μὴ δέοντα 1 babblers and busybodies, saying what they should not These three phrases may be ways of speaking about the same activity. Paul may be using repetition to emphasize that these women should not be looking into the private lives of people and telling about them to others who would be no better off after hearing this gossip. If you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these phrases into a single one. Alternate translation: “people who interfere openly in other people’s business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) (A doublet can consist of more than two terms.)
|
||||
1TI 5 13 cym5 φλύαροι 1 babblers Alternate translation: “people who talk nonsense”
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 16 d35m ὄντως χήραις 1 genuine widows Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
|
||||
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the passive phrase with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 wp9d figs-abstractnouns διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 of double honor Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 t389 figs-hendiadys ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 in the word and in teaching This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 t390 figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 the word Paul may be using the term **word** here figuratively to describe the Scriptures, which God inspired people to put into words. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the Scripture says Paul figuratively describes Scripture as if it could speak for itself. Alternate translations: “for it is written in the Scriptures” or “for we read in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 t392 figs-declarative βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις 1 You will not muzzle a threshing ox Here the Scriptures use a statement in order to give a command. Alternate translation: “you must not muzzle an ox while it is treading on grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 5 tyf7 figs-parallelism διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας 1 men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth These two phrases mean basically the same thin; Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are no longer able to recognize the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1TI 6 5 t443 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 between men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 q5sq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the false teachers believe about godliness and what is really true about godliness. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας 1 godliness with contentment If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **godliness** and **contentment**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “doing what is godly along with being content with what a person has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας 1 godliness with contentment If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **godliness** and **contentment** by stating the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “doing what is godly along with being content with what a person has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 o6j4 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πορισμὸς μέγας 1 is great gain If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **gain**behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “makes a person very well off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 6 7 t446 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Paul uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “after all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1TI 6 7 j6qv figs-explicit οὐδὲν…εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 we brought nothing into the world The implication of this phrase is that Paul is speaking about when a person is born. Alternate translation: “brought nothing into the world when we were born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 9 ij4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Now Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 pl5d figs-metaphor ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα 1 fall into temptation and a trap Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 gfy7 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς 1 and many foolish and harmful desires This phrase continues the figure of speech from the previous phrase. Paul speaks about these desires if they too were a hole that a hunter was using as a trap. Alternate translation: “and will experience destructive impulses than they cannot overcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 t456 figs-hendiadys ἐπιθυμίας…ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς 1 foolish and harmful desires Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **foolish** tells why these desires are **harmful**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destructive impulses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 t456 figs-hendiadys ἐπιθυμίας…ἀνοήτους καὶ βλαβεράς 1 foolish and harmful desires Here Paul expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **foolish** tells why these desires are **harmful**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by stating the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “destructive impulses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 nc3i figs-metaphor αἵτινες βυθίζουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν 1 whatever plunges men into ruin and destruction This phrase summarizes the character of the temptations and impulses that Paul has just described. He speaks of them figuratively as if they could make people drown in deep water. Alternate translation: “people cannot escape from such things and they destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 t458 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπους 1 men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 6 9 t459 figs-doublet ὄλεθρον καὶ ἀπώλειαν 1 ruin and destruction These two words **ruin** and **destruction** mean very similar things. Paul uses them both to emphasize that this is very bad. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could use one term with a word that adds emphasis. Alternate translations: “complete destruction” or “total ruin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 16 l9i8 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 1 the One having immortality alone Alternate translation: “the only one who has always existed”
|
||||
1TI 6 16 tsz3 φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 1 occupying unapproachable ligh Alternate translation: “who lives in light so bright that no one can come near it”
|
||||
1TI 6 16 t487 figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων 1 none of men Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Paul is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις 1 the rich Paul is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 6 17 z4ec ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι 1 in the present age The **present age** is the time period in which we are living, before Jesus returns and establishes God’s rule over all people. Alternate translation: “at this time”
|
||||
1TI 6 17 drj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι 1 in the uncertainty of riches If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **uncertainty**behind this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “in riches, which are so uncertain” or “in wealth, which a person can lose so easily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 6 17 iq61 figs-ellipsis πάντα πλουσίως εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν 1 all things richly unto enjoyment By **all**, Paul is referring to all of the things that anyone actually has, not to everything that it might be possible to have. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you may want to include words to make that clear. Alternate translation: “all of the things that we have so that we can enjoy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 5 d483 figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor of an athlete who has to decide between competing lawfully or not lawfully. The athlete will only receive the crown given to the winner if he competes lawfully. By making this comparison with an athlete competing in games, Paul is implicitly telling Timothy that Christ will not reward him unless he serves him **lawfully**, that is, unless he obeys him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “consider that the officials only crown an athlete as the winner if he competes according to the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p031 figs-hypo ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 if anyone competes, he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully Paul is also using a hypothetical situation to teach Timothy. Alternate translation: “suppose an athlete did not compete by the rules. Then he would not be crowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p032 ἐὰν…ἀθλῇ τις 1 if anyone competes Here, **competes** refers to competing in an athletic event. Alternate translation: “if an athlete competes in an event”
|
||||
2TI 2 5 xbn6 figs-doublenegatives οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the officials will only crown him if he competes by the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 xbn6 figs-doublenegatives οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ 1 he is not crowned if he has not competed lawfully If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the officials will only crown him if he competes by the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p033 figs-activepassive οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “the officials will not crown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 p034 figs-explicit οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned Paul assumes that Timothy will know that in this culture crowning indicated the winner of a competition. Alternate translation: “the officials will not crown him as the winner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TI 2 5 lea8 translate-unknown οὐ στεφανοῦται 1 he is not crowned In Paul’s time, when athletes won competitions, they were crowned with wreaths made from the leaves of plants. You can express this idea in your translation by referring to the comparable custom in your own culture, or by using a general expression. Alternate translation: “the officials will not give him an award” or “the officials will not declare him to be the winner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 20 p060 figs-metaphor ἐν μεγάλῃ δὲ οἰκίᾳ, οὐκ ἔστιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 Now in a great house, there are not only gold and silver containers, but also wood and clay To help Timothy understand something important about following Jesus, Paul introduces the metaphor that compares the containers that are in the home of a wealthy person with people in the church. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this is a metaphor or illustration. Alternate translation: “Consider this illustration: in the home of a wealthy person, there are containers made of gold and silver, and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 20 p061 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα 1 but also wood and clay Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and there are also containers made of wood and clay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TI 2 20 j75l σκεύη 1 containers The word **container** is a general term for items used to hold other things, such as grain, food, drink, or refuse. If your language does not have a general word, you can use a specific word such as “bowl” or “pot.”
|
||||
2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 20 mt5e figs-abstractnouns ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 both some for honor and some for dishonor If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 jm3p figs-metaphor ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων 1 has cleansed himself from these Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 g79f figs-metaphor ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 21 p062 figs-explicit ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν 1 he will be a container for honor The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 2 22 h9p6 figs-metaphor τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε 1 flee youthful lusts Paul speaks about youthful desires as if they were a dangerous person or animal that Timothy should run away from. Alternate translation: “control your youthful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 p066 figs-metonymy τὰς…νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε 1 flee youthful lusts Paul speaks figuratively of immoral activities by association with the desires that lead a person to engage in them. Alternate translation: “refuse to do the wrong things that young people want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 srb7 figs-metaphor δίωκε δὲ δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην 1 and pursue righteousness, faith, love, and peace Paul is using the verb **pursue** in contrast to **flee**. He speaks of these positive things as if Timothy should run towards them because they will do him good. Alternate translation: “be eager to do what is right, to believe in God, to love God and others, and to live in peace with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 p067 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην 1 righteousness, faith, love, and peace If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **righteousness**, **faith**, **love**, and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “do what is right, believe in God, love other people, and live peacefully with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 p067 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην 1 righteousness, faith, love, and peace If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **righteousness**, **faith**, **love**, and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “do what is right, believe in God, love other people, and live peacefully with other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 hg99 μετὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 with those who call on the Lord from a clean heart This likely means that Paul wants Timothy to pursue these positive things together with others who are sincere in their faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put this phrase at the beginning of Paul’s command to Timothy, as in the UST, before **pursue**. Alternate translation: “together with those who worship the Lord with sincere intentions”
|
||||
2TI 2 22 gl3q figs-idiom τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν Κύριον 1 those who call on the Lord The expression **call on the Lord** is an idiom that means to trust and worship the Lord. Alternate translation: “those who worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 2 22 p068 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a clean heart Paul uses a physical part of the body, the **heart**, figuratively to represent the intentions and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with sincere intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders. (1:1-16)<br>2. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives. (2:1-3:11)<br>3. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers. (3:12-15)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>### What is the book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. He also encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Titus.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Titus” or “A Letter to Titus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural **you**<br><br>In this book, the word **I** refers to Paul. Also, the word **you** is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What is the meaning of **God our Savior**?<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him, and by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is **our great God and Savior Jesus Christ**.
|
||||
TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Should, may, must<br><br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.
|
||||
TIT 1 1 rtc9 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith **Faith** is an abstract noun. Here it refers to believing or trusting in Jesus. If it is more clear in your language, you could translate it with a verb such as these, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to strengthen the faith” or “to help [God’s chosen people] to trust him more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could use a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could use an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 xyz8 figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσιν 1 the knowledge If it would be helpful in your language, you can translate the abstract noun **knowledge** with a verb such as “to know,” as in the UST. Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 abc8 figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 of the truth If it would be helpful in your language, you can translate the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective phrase such as “what is true” or “the true message.” Paul wants people to know the true message about God and Christ so that they can live in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 1 fyf8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness Here, **godliness** is an abstract noun that refers to living in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “that is suitable for honoring God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 1 2 xyz9 ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 with the certain hope of everlasting life Alternate translation: “that gives us the certain hope of everlasting life” or “based on our certain hope for everlasting life”
|
||||
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time Alternate translation: “before time began”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ PHM 1 3 e5z8 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 our The word **our** here
|
|||
PHM 1 3 qglx figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural, referring to all of the recipients named in verses 1–2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 lh8a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
PHM 1 4 puh8 figs-yousingular σου 1 Here, the word **you** is singular and refers to Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHM 1 5 l3i2 figs-abstractnouns ἀκούων σου τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους 1 figs-abstractnouns If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **love** and **faith**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs instead. Alternate translation: “hearing how much you love and believe in the Lord Jesus and all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHM 1 5 l3i2 figs-abstractnouns ἀκούων σου τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους 1 figs-abstractnouns If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **love** and **faith** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs instead. Alternate translation: “hearing how much you love and believe in the Lord Jesus and all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHM 1 5 ojcu writing-poetry ἀκούων σου τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους 1 writing-poetry Paul is using a poetic structure here in which the first and last parts relate and the second and third parts relate. Therefore, the meaning is: “hearing of the faith that you have in the Lord Jesus and of your love for all the saints.”Paul said exactly that in Colossians 1:4 without the poetic structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
|
||||
PHM 1 5 pf1y figs-yousingular σου…ἔχεις 1 Here, the words **your** and **you** are singular and refer to Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
PHM 1 6 mfrp figs-explicit ὅπως 1 Here, **that** introduces the content of the prayer that Paul mentions in verse 4. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could repeat the idea of prayer here. Alternate translation: “I pray that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
112
en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
112
en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
|
|
@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ JAS 1 2 j006 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers James is
|
|||
JAS 1 2 j007 figs-metaphor περιπέσητε 1 you fall into James is speaking figuratively of **trials** as if they were a hole or pit that believers could **fall into**. Alternate translation: “you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 2 j008 figs-you περιπέσητε 1 you fall into The pronoun **you** is plural here, since James is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally throughout the letter, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. These notes will identify the few places where they are singular instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 1 3 j009 γινώσκοντες ὅτι 1 knowing that It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that” or “You should realize that”
|
||||
JAS 1 3 xud2 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν 1 the testing of your faith produces endurance If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **testing**, **faith**, and **endurance**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “when you rely on God to help you through a difficult situation, this teaches you not to give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 3 xud2 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν 1 the testing of your faith produces endurance If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **testing**, **faith**, and **endurance** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “when you rely on God to help you through a difficult situation, this teaches you not to give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 4 j2p4 figs-personification ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ ἔργον τέλειον ἐχέτω 1 But let endurance have a perfect work The expression **let endurance have a perfect work** means “let endurance complete its work.” James is speaking figuratively as if the quality of **endurance** were actively developing the character of believers. Alternate translation: “But make sure that you completely develop the ability not to give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 1 4 unh4 figs-doublet τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι 1 perfect and whole The words **perfect** and **whole** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. In this context, the word **perfect** does not mean without any flaws. Rather, it refers to something that has reached its goal. The word **whole** describes something that is not missing any of its parts or pieces. Together, the words describe mature Christian character. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could translate this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 4 unh4 figs-doublet τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι 1 perfect and whole The words **perfect** and **whole** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. In this context, the word **perfect** does not mean without any flaws. Rather, it refers to something that has reached its goal. The word **whole** describes something that is not missing any of its parts or pieces. Together, the words describe mature Christian character. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea by translating this pair of words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 lacking in nothing You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
|
||||
JAS 1 5 du7z figs-abstractnouns λείπεται σοφίας 1 lacks wisdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 5 q2df αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ 1 let him ask from God Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
|
||||
|
|
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ JAS 1 13 lh7z figs-activepassive ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι 1 I am
|
|||
JAS 1 13 p5cp ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν 1 God is untempted by evil Even though the word that ULT translates as **untempted** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, it may be helpful to your readers if you translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “evil does not tempt God” or “God’s desires never lead him to do something wrong”
|
||||
JAS 1 13 zb13 πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα 1 and he himself tempts no one Alternate translation: “and God himself never leads anyone to do anything wrong”
|
||||
JAS 1 14 j032 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But James is using the word **But** to indicate a contrast between the wrong idea that God might tempt someone and the truth that each person **is tempted by his own desire**. This is actually a strong contrast, and you may wish to use a strong expression for it. Alternate translation: “No, on the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 1 14 j033 figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed If your readers would misunderstand these passive phrases, you could express each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 14 j033 figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these passive phrases by stating each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 14 nj9m figs-personification ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed James is speaking figuratively of **desire** as if it were a living thing that could actively tempt people, entice them, and drag them away captive. Alternate translation: “each person wants to do wrong when he desires something that he should not desire and, because he is attracted to that thing, he commits sin and then cannot stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 1 14 nle5 figs-events ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 dragged away and enticed Since the word translated as **enticed** often means to use bait to trap prey, James may be stressing the result (the captured prey being **dragged away**) by speaking of it before the method that was used to achieve it (baiting a trap). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that the method came before the result. Alternate translation: “enticed and dragged away” or “dragged away after being enticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JAS 1 14 z4bd figs-metaphor ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος 1 dragged away and enticed James is speaking figuratively of temptation as if the person who gave in to it were captured in a baited trap. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this metaphor as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wrong thing he desired were bait in a trap that caught him so that a hunter could then drag him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ JAS 1 16 j037 figs-activepassive μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray
|
|||
JAS 1 16 j038 figs-explicit μὴ πλανᾶσθε 1 Do not be led astray James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 16 j039 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 j040 figs-metaphor πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 1 Every good present and every perfect gift is from above Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 t2nn figs-doublet πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 1 Every good present and every perfect gift is from above The phrases **good present** and **perfect gift** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. (As in [1:4](../01/04.md), the word **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose.) If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate both phrases with a single expression. Alternate translation: “God gives us the things that are just right for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 t2nn figs-doublet πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 1 Every good present and every perfect gift is from above The phrases **good present** and **perfect gift** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. (As in [1:4](../01/04.md), the word **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating both phrases with a single expression. Alternate translation: “God gives us the things that are just right for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 j041 figs-metaphor καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ 1 coming down from Continuing the spatial metaphor, James speaks figuratively of these gifts **coming down from** God. If you use a non-figurative expression to translate this, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They come to us from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 n7d8 figs-metaphor τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων 1 the Father of lights Here, **lights** likely means the lights in the sky, that is, the sun, moon, and stars. James says figuratively that God is their **Father** because he created them. Alternate translation: “God, who created all the lights in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 17 j042 figs-doublet παρ’ ᾧ οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγὴ ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα 1 with whom there is no change or shadow of turning Here, **change** and **shadow of turning** mean similar things. James is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase and express the metaphor of a **shadow** (see later note) as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God does not change as shifting shadows do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ JAS 1 18 mj29 figs-metaphor βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς
|
|||
JAS 1 18 j046 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us Here and throughout this letter, James uses the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his readers. Sometimes by extension he also means all believers or all people. In every case, therefore, the pronoun **us** is inclusive, so use the inclusive form if your language makes that distinction. The same applies to the pronoun “our.” However, in some cases the pronoun “we” is exclusive. Notes will identify those places. Everywhere else, the pronoun “we” is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j047 figs-possession λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 ykq9 figs-metonymy λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is using term **word** figuratively to describe the message about Jesus that was conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “by the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j048 figs-abstractnouns λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression that uses an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j048 figs-abstractnouns λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **truth** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression that uses an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j049 figs-explicit λόγῳ ἀληθείας 1 by the word of truth James is referring implicitly to the message about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j346 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 for us to be something like a firstfruits of his creatures This is a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God **desired to give us birth**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be like a firstfruits of his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JAS 1 18 j050 figs-explicit ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων 1 something like a firstfruits of his creatures James is assuming that his readers will know that he is using the traditional Israelite offering known as **firstfruits** as a simile. The law of Moses required the Israelites to offer to God some of the first crops they harvested each year. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state specifically that this is the name of an offering. Alternate translation: “something like an offering of firstfruits from among his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,13 +104,13 @@ JAS 1 19 p728 figs-idiom ἔστω…πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ταχὺς εἰ
|
|||
JAS 1 19 ev3v figs-gendernotations πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 every man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “each of you” or “each person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 1 20 j053 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason why people should not get angry, as he said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You should not get angry, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 1 20 j054 figs-gendernotations ὀργὴ…ἀνδρὸς 1 the anger of man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “human anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 1 20 ej4p figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 does not work the righteousness of God If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “righteous” or “right.” Alternate translation: “does not fulfill the righteous purposes of God” or “does not accomplish the right things that God wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 20 ej4p figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 does not work the righteousness of God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective such as “righteous” or “right.” Alternate translation: “does not fulfill the righteous purposes of God” or “does not accomplish the right things that God wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 j055 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore Here James is telling his readers what they should do as a result of what he explained to them in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 hit5 figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κακίας 1 laying aside all filth and abundance of wickedness James is speaking of **filth** and **abundance of wickedness** as if they were clothing that could be taken off. By those expressions he means sin and wrong actions (see later notes to this verse). Alternate translation: “stop committing sin and doing so many wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 h226 figs-doublet ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κακίας 1 filth and abundance of wickedness The expressions **filth** and **abundance of wickedness** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every kind of sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 h8ty figs-metaphor ῥυπαρίαν 1 filth James is speaking figuratively of sin as if it were **filth**, that is, something that made people dirty. Alternate translation: “sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 j056 figs-abstractnouns περισσείαν κακίας 1 abundance of wickedness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wickedness**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wrong.” Alternate translation: “the many wrong things that people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 a3u3 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πραΰτητι 1 in humility If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **humility**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adverb such as “humbly.” Alternate translation: “humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 j056 figs-abstractnouns περισσείαν κακίας 1 abundance of wickedness If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **wickedness** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wrong.” Alternate translation: “the many wrong things that people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 a3u3 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πραΰτητι 1 in humility If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **humility** by translating the idea behind it with an adverb such as “humbly.” Alternate translation: “humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 i9w1 figs-metaphor δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον 1 receive the implanted word The word **implanted** describes something that has been placed inside another thing. James is speaking of God’s word figuratively as if it had been planted and was growing inside believers. Alternate translation: “obey the word that you have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 j057 figs-metonymy δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον 1 receive the implanted word James is using term **word** figuratively to describe the message about Jesus that was conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “obey the message about Jesus that you have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 21 ekl3 figs-personification τὸν δυνάμενον σῶσαι τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 which is able to save your souls James is speaking figuratively of the **word** or message as if it were a living thing that could actively **save** believers. He means that obedience to the message will lead to salvation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “If you do that, you will be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,22 +128,22 @@ JAS 1 23 j063 figs-gendernotations ἀνδρὶ 1 a man James is using the term
|
|||
JAS 1 23 shn9 figs-idiom τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the face of his birth This is an idiom that refers to the **face** a person was born with, that is, that person’s natural or physical face. Since the term “face” had many figurative meanings at this time, James is using this idiomatic expression to clarify that he means the hypothetical person’s literal, physical face. You may not need to make this clarification in your language. Alternate translation: “his physical face” or “his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 1 23 j064 translate-unknown ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 in a mirror A **mirror** is a flat object made of some reflective material, such as glass or polished metal, that people use to see what they look like. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **mirror** is, you could use the name of something else that serves this purpose in your culture. Alternate translation: “reflected in the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 1 24 j065 figs-explicit γὰρ 1 For **For** introduces a reason, as would be expected, but it is a reason for something that must be inferred from the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is giving the reason for. Alternate translation: “This did not really benefit him, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 24 wu34 κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 he beheld himself and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was Here James is giving an illustration in the past tense as if he were telling the story of something that had happened. (See the discussion of this in Part 3 of the Introduction to James.) If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could translate this with the present tense. Alternate translation: “he beholds himself and goes away and immediately forgets of what sort he is”
|
||||
JAS 1 24 wu34 κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 he beheld himself and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was Here James is giving an illustration in the past tense as if he were telling the story of something that had happened. (See the discussion of this in Part 3 of the Introduction to James.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this sentence by translating this with the present tense. Alternate translation: “he beholds himself and goes away and immediately forgets of what sort he is”
|
||||
JAS 1 24 j066 writing-pronouns κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν 1 he beheld himself James is continuing the simile he began in the previous verse, so the pronouns **he** and **himself** refer to the hypothetical person who looks in the mirror. Alternate translation (using the present tense): “such a person looked at himself in a mirror” or, if you are using the present tense, “such a person looks at himself in a mirror” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 24 j067 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was James is saying implicitly that this is a person who sees but does not do, just like a person who hears the word of God but does not obey it. The implication is that he sees in the mirror that he needs to do something such as wash his face or fix his hair. But because he does not do that when he is looking in the mirror, when he walks away, he forgets to do it. The point of the comparison is that a person who does not obey God’s word is like this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but because he did not immediately do what he saw he should do, when he walked away from the mirror, he forgot what he saw and so he did nothing about it” or, if you are using the present tense, “but because he does not immediately do what he sees he should do, when he walks away from the mirror, he forgets what he saw and so he does nothing about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 24 j068 ὁποῖος ἦν 1 of what sort he was Alternate translation: “what he needed to do about his appearance” or, if you are using the present tense, “what he needs to do about his appearance”
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j069 figs-hypo ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, καὶ παραμείνας…οὗτος μακάριος…ἔσται 1 But the one having gazed into the perfect law of freedom and having continued … this one will be blessed James is using a further hypothetical situation to teach. This illustration is a contrast to the one he offered in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “But suppose someone gazes into the perfect law of freedom and perseveres …. Then that person will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-metaphor ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the one having gazed into the perfect law In this verse, James continues to compare hearing the word of God to looking in a mirror. But the image now becomes a metaphor rather than a simile, since James speaks figuratively about someone who has **gazed into** the **law**. He means someone who has listened attentively to God’s word. Alternate translation: “someone who has listened attentively to the perfect law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j070 figs-possession νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. See the notes to [2:12](../02/12.md) for a further explanation of what James means by the **law of freedom**. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-abstractnouns νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the perfect law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-abstractnouns νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **freedom** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the perfect law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j071 figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j072 νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom As in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [1:17](../01/17.md), the term **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. See how you translated the term in those verses. Alternate translation: “the law that is perfectly suited to set people free from sin”
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j073 figs-ellipsis καὶ παραμείνας 1 and having continued James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “and who has continued to obey that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j074 figs-possession ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς 1 a hearer of forgetfulness James is using the possessive form to describe a **hearer** who is characterized by **forgetfulness**. Alternate translation: “a hearer who is forgetful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j075 figs-abstractnouns ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς 1 a hearer of forgetfulness If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **forgetfulness**, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “forget.” Alternate translation: “a hearer who forgets” or “someone who forgets what he hears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j075 figs-abstractnouns ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς 1 a hearer of forgetfulness If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **forgetfulness** by translating the idea behind it with a verb such as “forget.” Alternate translation: “a hearer who forgets” or “someone who forgets what he hears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j076 figs-metonymy ποιητὴς ἔργου 1 a doer of the work By association with the **work** that it takes to carry out God’s commands, James is using the term **work** figuratively to mean what God commands. Alternate translation: “someone who does what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος…αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this one will be blessed While the word **blessed** is an adjective and so the expression **will be blessed** is not a passive verbal form, it may be helpful to your readers to translate this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “God will bless such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j077 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ 1 in his doing If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **doing**, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “do.” Alternate translation: “in what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 25 j077 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ 1 in his doing If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **doing** by translating the idea behind it with a verb such as “do.” Alternate translation: “in what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 j078 figs-hypo εἴ τις δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι, μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀπατῶν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ, τούτου μάταιος ἡ θρησκεία 1 If anyone thinks to be religious, not bridling his tongue, but deceiving his heart, the religion of that one is worthless James is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone thinks that he is religious, but he does not bridle his tongue, thus deceiving his heart. Then his religion is worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 1 26 j1bg δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι 1 thinks to be religious The word translated **religious** could refer to a pattern of behavior rather than to participation in worship activities. Alternate translation: “thinks that he is honoring God by his actions”
|
||||
JAS 1 26 j079 figs-metaphor μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ 1 not bridling his tongue James speaks figuratively of a person **bridling his tongue** as if he were controlling a horse with a bridle. Alternate translation: “but he does not control his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ JAS 2 3 ce14 figs-explicit σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τ
|
|||
JAS 2 3 h2fy figs-you κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου 1 Sit under my footstool This imperative statement uses the singular first-person pronoun **my**, since it is something that one of the believers might say to the hypothetical poor person. If this would not be natural in your language, since the statement is introduced by **you** (plural) **say**, you could also use a plural form in the statement itself. Alternate translation: “Sit on the floor by our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 j096 figs-hypo οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? In this verse James describes the result of the hypothetical situation he has been describing since [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then you have distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 j097 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “have you not become judges who think evil things and so begun to consider some people better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 x9el figs-rquestion οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? As James describes this result, he uses the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have considered some people better than others, because you have become judges who think evil things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 x9el figs-rquestion οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν? 1 have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts? As James describes this result, he uses the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have considered some people better than others, because you have become judges who think evil things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 j098 figs-possession ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 become judges of evil thoughts James is using the possessive form to describe **judges** who are characterized by **evil thoughts**. He is not speaking of people who judge whether thoughts are evil. Alternate translation: “become judges who think evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 2 4 j099 figs-explicit ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν 1 become judges of evil thoughts James is describing something more than passively assuming a certain role and thinking in a certain way. He is describing taking action based on that way of thinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “made wrong judgments about how people should be treated and then treated them that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 j344 figs-idiom ἀκούσατε 1 Listen James uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 m5jr figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί 1 my beloved brothers See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 ha52 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν? 1 did not God choose the poor in the world to be rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom that he promised to the ones loving him? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen the poor in the world to be rich in faith and to be heirs of the kingdom that he has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 ha52 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν? 1 did not God choose the poor in the world to be rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom that he promised to the ones loving him? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen the poor in the world to be rich in faith and to be heirs of the kingdom that he has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 ke2q figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 j100 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world James is using the term **world** in a different sense than in 1:27. Here it refers to the world that we live in, and so it indicates ordinary life. Alternate translation: “in this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 5 s38z figs-metaphor πλουσίους ἐν πίστει 1 to be rich in faith James speaks figuratively of having much **faith** as if that made a person wealthy. Alternate translation: “to have strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,13 +198,13 @@ JAS 2 5 j102 figs-abstractnouns κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλεία
|
|||
JAS 2 6 vr53 ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν 1 you have dishonored the poor What James means by this is clear from the example he gives in [2:2-3](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “you have treated people who are poor much worse than you have treated people who are rich”
|
||||
JAS 2 6 j103 figs-nominaladj τὸν πτωχόν 1 the poor James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 j104 writing-pronouns οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court The word that is translated **themselves** here is the same word that is translated **they** in the next verse. It is effectively the subject of a new independent clause, so you could translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “Do not the rich overpower you? Do they not drag you into court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is the rich who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 l2lu figs-rquestion οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is the rich who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 j105 figs-explicit οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια? 1 Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court? James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 eeg5 figs-nominaladj οἱ πλούσιοι 1 the rich James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 z73x οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν 1 Do not the rich overpower you Alternate translation: “Is it not the rich who oppress you”
|
||||
JAS 2 6 s9k1 figs-metaphor ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you into court James is speaking figuratively of the rich as if they would physically **drag** the poor into court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 6 h8jn figs-explicit ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια 1 drag you into court If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They are the ones who blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 las1 figs-rquestion οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς? 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They are the ones who blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 j106 οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 Do they not blaspheme the good name The word **blaspheme** can have a technical sense. It can describe a human being wrongly denying that something is divine. But the word can also have the general sense of “insult,” and that is probably the sense in which James is using it here. (However, by insulting the **name** of Jesus, these rich people were also guilty of blasphemy in the technical sense, since Jesus is divine and his name should be honored.) Alternate translation: “Do they not insult the good name”
|
||||
JAS 2 7 wd8y figs-metonymy τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα 1 the good name James is referring figuratively to the **name** of Jesus by association with the way that it is **good**. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 7 j107 figs-idiom τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 that has been called upon you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “by which you are called” or “by which you are known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς
|
|||
JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 j116 figs-abstractnouns νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 j116 figs-abstractnouns νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **freedom** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 j117 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 12 j118 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom In this context, it appears that when James speaks of **the law of freedom**, he is referring to the commandment that he quoted in [2:8](../02/08.md), “You will love your neighbor as yourself.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly and explain how this law sets people free. Alternate translation: “the law to love one’s neighbor, which sets people free to obey God by giving them a principle to follow in all of their actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 13 j119 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason why people should be guided in their actions by the principle of loving others, as he said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You should follow the principle of loving others because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -240,14 +240,14 @@ JAS 2 13 yv6l figs-personification ἡ γὰρ κρίσις ἀνέλεος τ
|
|||
JAS 2 13 j121 τῷ μὴ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος 1 to those who have not done mercy The word translated **mercy** can also refer to compassion. Since James is referring in this context to following the command to love others, that is likely what it means here. Alternate translation: “those who have not acted compassionately towards others”
|
||||
JAS 2 13 j122 grammar-connect-logic-contrast κατακαυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως 1 Mercy boasts against judgment There is an implied contrast between this sentence and the statement in the previous sentence that “judgment is merciless.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that contrast explicitly at the start of this sentence with a word such as “however.” Alternate translation: “However, mercy boasts against judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 2 13 j123 figs-personification κατακαυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως 1 Mercy boasts against judgment James is speaking figuratively of **mercy** and **judgment** as if they were living things that could fight a contest against one another. He is also speaking figuratively of **mercy** as if it could boast after defeating **judgment** in such a contest. James is continuing to describe how God will judge people. Alternate translation: “However, God will show mercy when he judges people who have acted compassionately towards others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 k4e4 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ? 1 What would be the profit, my brothers, if someone said he had faith, but he did not have works? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It does no good, my brothers, for someone to say he has faith if he does not have works.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 k4e4 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ? 1 What would be the profit, my brothers, if someone said he had faith, but he did not have works? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It does no good, my brothers, for someone to say he has faith if he does not have works.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 j124 figs-idiom τί τὸ ὄφελος 1 What would be the profit This is an idiom. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “What good would it do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 j125 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 c234 figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ 1 if someone said he had faith but he did not have works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “if someone said he believed in God but he did not do what God wanted him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 c234 figs-abstractnouns ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις, ἔχειν ἔργα, δὲ μὴ ἔχῃ 1 if someone said he had faith but he did not have works If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “if someone said he believed in God but he did not do what God wanted him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 j126 figs-explicit μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Faith is not able to save him, is it In context, James is clearly asking not about **faith** in general, but about faith that is not demonstrated in **works**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “That kind of faith is not able to save him, is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 j127 figs-doublenegatives μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Faith is not able to save him, is it The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding “is it?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Is that kind of faith able to save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 z9q8 figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν? 1 Faith is not able to save him, is it? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “That kind of faith is certainly not able to save him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 j128 figs-abstractnouns μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν? 1 Faith is not able to save him, is it? If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the ideas behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Will merely believing in God save him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 z9q8 figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν? 1 Faith is not able to save him, is it? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “That kind of faith is certainly not able to save him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 j128 figs-abstractnouns μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν? 1 Faith is not able to save him, is it? If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **faith** by stating the ideas behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Will merely believing in God save him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 14 g8kr σῶσαι αὐτόν 1 save him Your language may require you to specify what this kind of faith cannot **save** a person from. Alternate translation: “save him from God’s judgment”
|
||||
JAS 2 15 j129 figs-hypo ἐὰν 1 If James is using a hypothetical situation to teach. He begins to describe the condition in this verse. He describes the rest of the condition and the result in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Suppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 15 f6el figs-metaphor ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ 1 a brother or sister As everywhere else in the book, the term **brother** refers to a fellow believer. In every other instance, the term can mean either a man or a woman. But in this verse James uses **brother** to mean a believer who is a man and **sister** to mean a believer who is a woman. If your language has both masculine and the feminine forms of the word you have been using to translate “brother,” you can use them both here. Otherwise, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another man or woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -261,10 +261,10 @@ JAS 2 16 j134 figs-hypo δὲ 1 but James is continuing to describe the hypothet
|
|||
JAS 2 16 j135 writing-pronouns μὴ δῶτε 1 you do not give At the beginning of this verse, James speaks in the third-person singular of **one of you**. But he now speaks of believers generally in the second-person plural, saying **you**, to indicate how the community as a whole might respond to this situation. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the third-person singular here as well. Alternate translation: “he does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j136 figs-nominaladj τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 1 the necessary things James is using the adjective **necessary** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that are necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 n5jh figs-metonymy τοῦ σώματος 1 for the body James is speaking figuratively of meeting physical needs that also have an emotional and spiritual dimension by association with the way that these are needs of the human **body**. Alternate translation: “for people to be warm and well-fed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 yi63 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what would be the profit? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “that does no good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 yi63 figs-rquestion τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what would be the profit? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “that does no good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 16 j137 figs-hypo τί τὸ ὄφελος? 1 what would be the profit? This is the result of the hypothetical situation that James has been using to teach. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then that does no good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 me1d figs-personification ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead James is speaking figuratively of **faith** as if it would be a living thing if it had works but not be alive if it did not have them. Alternate translation: “a person’s faith is not genuine by itself; he must express it through works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 j138 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “if a person says he believes in God but he does not do what God wants him to do, then he does not really believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 17 j138 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις, ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ ἔργα, νεκρά ἐστιν καθ’ ἑαυτήν 1 faith by itself, if it does not have works, is dead If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “if a person says he believes in God but he does not do what God wants him to do, then he does not really believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j139 figs-quotations ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω 1 But someone will say, “You have faith and I have works.” See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes to this chapter. You may want to turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation to help your readers understand that the **you** who is being addressed is the same “one of you” as in [2:16](../02/16.md) and that when James says **I**, he is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “But someone may tell you that you have faith and I have works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j140 figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις, σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, κἀγὼ ἔργα ἔχω 1 But someone will say, “You have faith, and I have works.” See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate more explicitly what this statement means. (UST explains the implications even further than is suggested here.) Alternate translation: “But someone may try to reassure you that you nevertheless have faith, while I, James, have works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 al63 figs-hypo ἀλλ’ ἐρεῖ τις 1 But someone will say James is using a hypothetical situation to teach. This expression introduces the condition of the hypothetical situation. (As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, in the style of speakers of this time, James is anticipating an objection that someone might make and saying how he would respond to it.) Alternate translation: “But suppose someone said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -272,22 +272,22 @@ JAS 2 18 j141 figs-yousingular σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις 1 you have faith H
|
|||
JAS 2 18 j142 figs-quotations δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith from works It may be helpful to make this sentence a direct quotation after an introduction to show that it is what James would say in response to the hypothetical objection. Alternate translation: “Then I would say to you, ‘Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith from works’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j143 figs-hypo δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων, κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith from works This is the result of the hypothetical situation that James has been describing. Alternate translation: “Then I would say to you, ‘Show me your faith without works, and I will show you my faith from works’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j144 figs-imperative δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων 1 Show me your faith without works James is using the imperative **show me** to challenge the hypothetical “you” and make him realize that he really cannot do what James is telling him to do. Alternate translation: “You cannot show me your faith without works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων 1 Show me your faith without works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “you couldnot show me that you truly believe in God if you are not doing what God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 ii8d figs-abstractnouns δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σου χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων 1 Show me your faith without works If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “you couldnot show me that you truly believe in God if you are not doing what God wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j145 figs-declarative κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 and I will show you my faith from works James is using a future statement to indicate something he is capable of doing. Alternate translation: “but I can show you my faith from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j146 figs-abstractnouns κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 and I will show you my faith from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “but by doing what God wants me to do, I can show you that I truly believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 18 j146 figs-abstractnouns κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν 1 and I will show you my faith from works If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “but by doing what God wants me to do, I can show you that I truly believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 19 j147 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 You believe that God is one The verb translated **believe** comes from the same root as the word translated “faith.” It may be helpful to your readers to show in your translation that James is continuing to speak to the same person as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You have faith that God is one”
|
||||
JAS 2 19 j148 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός 1 You believe that God is one As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, the people to whom James was writing were believers in Jesus who had a Jewish background. As a result, they would have known that he was referring here to the essential Jewish affirmation, “Listen, Israel, Yahweh our God is one.” Moses says this in [Deuteronomy 6:4](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You believe the essential teaching of Moses that there is one God”
|
||||
JAS 2 19 j149 figs-irony καλῶς ποιεῖς; καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 You do well. The demons also believe, and they tremble When James says **you do well**, he is saying the opposite of what he really means. He grants that believing in one God is a good thing in itself, but he is actually saying that by itself, it is the kind of faith without works that cannot save a person. He proves this by observing that the demons, who are not saved, also believe that there is one God, and this makes them tremble. Alternate translation: “You may think that is a good thing to do. But the demons also believe in one God, and they tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JAS 2 19 fv39 figs-explicit καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν 1 The demons also believe, and they tremble If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the demons **tremble** at the thought of God. Alternate translation: “The demons also believe in one God, and they tremble, knowing that God is going to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 But do you wish to know, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I can show you, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 ax95 figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν? 1 But do you wish to know, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I can show you, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 j150 figs-idiom θέλεις…γνῶναι 1 do you wish to know This is an idiom. It means “I can show you” by suggesting implicitly, “If you really want to know, I can show you.” Alternate translation as a statement: “I can show you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 j151 ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ 1 O foolish man James is addressing this hypothetical **man** in the vocative after an exclamation. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you foolish man”
|
||||
JAS 2 20 j152 figs-gendernotations ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ 1 O foolish man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “you foolish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 j153 figs-personification ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 faith without works is idle James is speaking figuratively of **faith** as if it were a living thing that would be lazily doing nothing if it did not have works. Alternate translation: “a person’s faith is useless if he does not express it through works” or “a person’s faith is unproductive if he does not express it through works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 sd63 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 faith without works is idle If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “it is useless for a person to say that he believes in God if he does not do what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 sd63 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 faith without works is idle If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “it is useless for a person to say that he believes in God if he does not do what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 j154 translate-textvariants ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 faith without works is idle See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “faith without works is dead.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to use it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
JAS 2 20 j155 figs-personification ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν 1 faith without works is idle If the reading “faith without works is dead” is accurate, then James is speaking figuratively of **faith** as if it would be alive if it had works but it would not be alive if it did not have them. Alternate translation: “a person’s faith is not genuine if he does not express it through works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is usi
|
|||
JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 l1gj figs-metaphor βλέπεις 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 vde4 figs-personification ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works James is speaking figuratively of **faith** and **works** as if they were living things that could work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “Abraham was strengthened to do these works by his faith, and doing these works made his faith even stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j160 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Abraham did these things because he believed in God, and because he did these things, he believed in God even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j160 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Abraham did these things because he believed in God, and because he did these things, he believed in God even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j161 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 22 j162 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη 1 faith was perfected from works The verb **perfected** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. The verb refers similarly to something developing to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “what he did helped his faith become fully mature”
|
||||
JAS 2 23 qh4i figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ 1 the scripture was fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,9 +307,9 @@ JAS 2 24 j165 figs-metaphor ὁρᾶτε 1 You see Here, to **see** figuratively
|
|||
JAS 2 24 j166 figs-you ὁρᾶτε 1 you see James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of the letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating the shift back to plural here. Alternate translation: “So all of you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j167 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 a man James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται 1 is justified If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j168 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j168 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 24 j169 figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα? 1 And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα? 1 And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 hir8 figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 similarly If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 2 25 j171 translate-names Ῥαὰβ 1 Rahab **Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ JAS 2 25 xm5m writing-pronouns ἐκβαλοῦσα 1 having sent them away Sinc
|
|||
JAS 2 26 j172 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is using this word to introduce a general principle that can be deduced from the argument he has been making since [2:14](../02/14.md) that **faith** needs to be expressed in **works**. He does not say **For**, which often means “because,” to indicate that God justified Abraham and Rahab for this reason. Rather, he is using the word **For** in order to bring his argument to its conclusion. Alternate translation: “These specific cases confirm the general principle that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 2 26 j173 τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν 1 the body without the spirit is dead The word translated **spirit** can also mean “breath.” Alternate translation: “a body that does not have the breath of life in it is dead”
|
||||
JAS 2 26 uum8 figs-personification ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν 1 faith without works is dead James is speaking figuratively of **faith** as if it would be a living thing if it had works but not be alive if it did not have them. Alternate translation: “a person’s faith is not genuine if he does not express it through works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 2 26 j174 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν 1 faith without works is dead If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “if a person says he believes in God but he does not do what God wants him to do, then he does not really believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 2 26 j174 figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις χωρὶς ἔργων νεκρά ἐστιν 1 faith without works is dead If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **faith** and **works** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “if a person says he believes in God but he does not do what God wants him to do, then he does not really believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 intro py3p 0 # James 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The need for self-control in speech (3:1-12)<br>2. Worldy wisdom and heavenly wisdom contrasted (3:13-18)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>In this chapter, James uses many illustrations from everyday life to teach his readers how to live in a way that pleases God. He speaks about horses in [3:3](../03/03.md), ships in [3:4](../03/04.md), forest fires in [3:5](../03/05.md), animal taming in [3:7](../03/07.md), springs of water in [3:11](../03/11.md), and fruit trees in [3:12](../03/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 1 p4uu μὴ πολλοὶ διδάσκαλοι γίνεσθε 1 Do not become many teachers Alternate translation: “Not many of you should become teachers”
|
||||
JAS 3 1 c36b figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -393,30 +393,30 @@ JAS 3 9 j216 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is a
|
|||
JAS 3 9 j217 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 men James is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JAS 3 9 umg1 figs-explicit τοὺς καθ’ ὁμοίωσιν Θεοῦ γεγονότας 1 who have come into being according to the likeness of God James means implicitly that God created people in his own **likeness**. Alternate translation: “whom God made according to his own likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 3 10 j218 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρχεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα 1 Out of the same mouth come blessing and cursing James is using the **mouth** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the mouth is used for speech. Alternate translation: “The same person speaks blessing and cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 10 a1ly figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρχεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα 1 Out of the same mouth come blessing and cursing If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **blessing** and **cursing**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The same person says things to bless God and to curse people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 10 a1ly figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρχεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα 1 Out of the same mouth come blessing and cursing If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **blessing** and **cursing** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The same person says things to bless God and to curse people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 10 j219 εὐλογία 1 blessing See how you translated the word “bless” in [3:9](../03/09.md). You may wish to use a similar translation here. Alternate translation: “good sayings”
|
||||
JAS 3 10 n9zy figs-idiom οὐ χρή, ἀδελφοί μου, ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι 1 It is not necessary, my brothers, for these things to happen thus James is speaking idiomatically here. Alternate translation: “My brothers, things like this should not happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 3 10 qrs2 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 11 j220 figs-doublenegatives μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν 1 A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening, does it The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding “does it?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Does a spring gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JAS 3 11 mz8d figs-rquestion μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν? 1 A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening, does it? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 11 mz8d figs-rquestion μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν? 1 A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening, does it? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “A spring does not gush the sweet and the bitter from the same opening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 11 j221 ἡ πηγὴ 1 A spring In this context, the term **spring** refers to a spring of water, that is, a source of water that comes up from the ground. Alternate translation: “A spring of water”
|
||||
JAS 3 11 j222 figs-nominaladj τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν 1 the sweet and the bitter James is using the adjectives **sweet** and **bitter** as nouns to refer to types of water. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “sweet water and bitter water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j223 figs-doublenegatives μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι 1 A fig tree is not able to make olives, is it The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding “is it?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Is a fig tree able to make olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 z3qg figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι 1 A fig tree is not able to make olives, is it James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “A fig tree is not able to make olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 z3qg figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι 1 A fig tree is not able to make olives, is it James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “A fig tree is not able to make olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j224 translate-unknown μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι 1 A fig tree is not able to make olives, is it A **fig tree** is a tree that produces small, sweet fruit. **Olives** also grow on trees, so they are technically fruit, but they are oily and pungent. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of fruit, you could use two other contrasting kinds of fruit as examples, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation (as a statement): “One kind of tree is not able to produce fruit that would grow on a different kind of tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 jjj8 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί μου 1 my brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 bu4l figs-ellipsis ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα 1 or a grapevine, figs James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “or is a grapevine able to make figs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j225 figs-rquestion ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα 1 or a grapevine, figs James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement if you also translated the question in the earlier part of the sentence as a statement. Alternate translation: “and a grapevine is not able to make figs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j225 figs-rquestion ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα 1 or a grapevine, figs James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement if you also translated the question in the earlier part of the sentence as a statement. Alternate translation: “and a grapevine is not able to make figs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j226 translate-unknown ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα 1 or a grapevine, figs A **grapevine** is a woody vine that produces small, juicy fruit. This fruit is quite different from **figs**. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of fruit, you could use two other contrasting kinds of fruit as examples, or you could use a general expression. If you already used a general expression earlier in the verse, you could restate it here as a separate sentence for emphasis. Alternate translation: “No, a tree is not able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j227 figs-explicit οὔτε ἁλυκὸν γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ 1 Nor salty to make sweet water James concludes his teaching about speech with this final example. It may be helpful after this example to restate the implications of all the examples that James has given in this verse and in the previous verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j228 figs-ellipsis οὔτε ἁλυκὸν γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ 1 Nor salty to make sweet water James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “And something that is salty is not able to produce sweet water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 3 12 j229 figs-nominaladj ἁλυκὸν 1 salty James is using the adjective **salty** as a noun. Since James is speaking of something that can **make** or produce **water**, he is likely speaking of a spring. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a saline spring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 fgb7 figs-rquestion τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν? δειξάτω 1 Who is wise and understanding among you? Let him show James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to express a condition. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate this as a conditional statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is wise and understanding among you, let him show” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 j230 figs-doublet σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων 1 wise and understanding The words **wise** and **understanding** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “truly wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 f9xv figs-abstractnouns δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν πραΰτητι σοφίας 1 Let him show his works from good conduct in the humility of wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **works**, **conduct**, **humility**, and **wisdom**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Let him show by conducting himself well, and by being humble as a wise person should be, that he does what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 fgb7 figs-rquestion τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν? δειξάτω 1 Who is wise and understanding among you? Let him show James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to express a condition. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating this as a conditional statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is wise and understanding among you, let him show” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 j230 figs-doublet σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων 1 wise and understanding The words **wise** and **understanding** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “truly wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 f9xv figs-abstractnouns δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν πραΰτητι σοφίας 1 Let him show his works from good conduct in the humility of wisdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **works**, **conduct**, **humility**, and **wisdom** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Let him show by conducting himself well, and by being humble as a wise person should be, that he does what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 13 j231 figs-possession ἐν πραΰτητι σοφίας 1 in the humility of wisdom James is using the possessive form to describe **humility** that comes from **wisdom**. Alternate translation: “in the humility that comes from wisdom” or “with the humble attitude that comes from being wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 j232 figs-metaphor ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε, καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 you have bitter envy and ambition in your heart James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “you have bitterly envious and ambitious thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 js7b figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε, καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 you have bitter jealousy and ambition in your heart If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **jealousy** and **ambition**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “in your heart you resent what other people have and you want to be more successful than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 js7b figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε, καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 you have bitter jealousy and ambition in your heart If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **jealousy** and **ambition** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “in your heart you resent what other people have and you want to be more successful than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 j233 τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 your heart Since **you** and **your** are plural in this verse, if you retain the metaphor **heart** in your translation, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of that word. Alternate translation: “your hearts”
|
||||
JAS 3 14 j234 figs-explicit μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 do not boast and lie against the truth Since James says in the previous verse that someone who is truly wise will be humble, he could be saying here that if someone claims to be wise but is jealous and ambitious, he is showing that he is actually not wise. Alternate translation: “then do not boast that you are wise, because that would not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 3 14 a191 figs-abstractnouns ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 lie against the truth If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “tell lies that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -428,21 +428,21 @@ JAS 3 15 h36b figs-metonymy ἐπίγειος 1 earthly The word **earthly** ref
|
|||
JAS 3 15 a2u6 figs-metonymy ψυχική 1 soulish James is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The sense could be either that this behavior has no regard for spiritual things or that it does not come from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 3 15 mzc9 δαιμονιώδης 1 demonic Alternate translation: “from demons” or “like the behavior of demons”
|
||||
JAS 3 16 j237 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “It is clear that this is not godly wisdom, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
JAS 3 16 x5jz figs-abstractnouns ὅπου…ζῆλος καὶ ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα 1 where there is envy and ambition, there is unsettledness and every wicked deed If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **envy**, **ambition**, and **unsettledness**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “when people are envious and ambitious, this causes them to act in disorderly and evil ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 16 x5jz figs-abstractnouns ὅπου…ζῆλος καὶ ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα 1 where there is envy and ambition, there is unsettledness and every wicked deed If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **envy**, **ambition**, and **unsettledness** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “when people are envious and ambitious, this causes them to act in disorderly and evil ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 16 vmt4 figs-hyperbole πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα 1 every wicked deed Here, **every** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of wicked deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 s8w4 figs-abstractnouns ἡ…σοφία 1 the wisdom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wisdom** with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 hhk5 figs-metaphor ἄνωθεν 1 from above See how you translated this in [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translation: “that comes from God” or “that God teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 hfh9 figs-metaphor καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν 1 good fruits James speaks figuratively of **good fruits** to mean kind things that people do for others as a result of having wisdom from God. Alternate translation: “good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 17 by2l ἀνυπόκριτος 1 sincere Alternate translation: “not hypocritical” or “honest” or “truthful”
|
||||
JAS 3 18 md56 figs-metaphor καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace by those who make peace James speaks figuratively of those who **make peace** as if they were sowing seeds, and of righteousness as if it were **fruit** that grew from those seeds. Alternate translation: “those who work in peace to make peace produce righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 3 18 htr1 figs-abstractnouns καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace by those who make peace If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **righteousness** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who work peacefully to help people live together peacefully are helping those people to live in the right way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 18 htr1 figs-abstractnouns καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace by those who make peace If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **righteousness** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “those who work peacefully to help people live together peacefully are helping those people to live in the right way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 3 18 j238 figs-activepassive καρπὸς…δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπείρεται, τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην 1 the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace by those who make peace If you decide to retain the metaphor of sowing, you could express it with an active verbal form, if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “those who make peace sow the fruit of righteousness in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 4 intro r6vv 0 # James 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Worldly desires and the sin and conflict they cause (4:1-12)<br>2. A warning against boasting about tomorrow (4:13-17)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Adultery<br><br>Writers in the Bible often speak of adultery as a metaphor for people who say they love God but do things that God hates. James uses the same metaphor in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 j239 πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Whence are wars and whence are battles among you The word translated **whence** means “from where.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where do wars and battles among you come from”
|
||||
JAS 4 1 j240 figs-metaphor πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Whence are wars and whence are battles among you James is using the terms **wars** and **battles** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Where do the conflicts and disputes that you are having come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 pqx2 figs-rquestion πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Whence are wars and whence are battles among you? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you where the conflicts and disputes that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 ub82 figs-doublet πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Whence are wars and whence are battles among you? The words **wars** and **battles** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation (as a statement): “I will tell you where the continual conflicts that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 j241 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Are they not hence, from your lusts, which fight in your members? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is where they come from: from your lusts, which fight in your members.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 pqx2 figs-rquestion πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Whence are wars and whence are battles among you? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you where the conflicts and disputes that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 ub82 figs-doublet πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ πόθεν μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν? 1 Whence are wars and whence are battles among you? The words **wars** and **battles** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation (as a statement): “I will tell you where the continual conflicts that you are having come from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 j241 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Are they not hence, from your lusts, which fight in your members? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is where they come from: from your lusts, which fight in your members.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 j242 οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν 1 Are they not hence The word translated **hence** means “from here.” Your language may have a similar word that you can use in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the same meaning in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do they not come from here”
|
||||
JAS 4 1 v5kg figs-metaphor τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 your lusts, which fight in your members As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **members** means “parts of the body.” This could mean: (1) the phrase **in your members** indicates the location of the **lusts** that James is describing. He could be saying that the outward fights between members of the community have their origin in inward lusts that lead people to fight for what they want, as he describes in the next verse. If so, he is using the parts of the body figuratively to represent a person’s thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that fight” (2) the word translated **in** means “among.” The sense would then be that these **lusts** fight against one part of the person after another, seeking to gain control of the whole person. Since the **lusts** would actually be gaining control over non-physical aspects of a person, such as his will and values, James would once again be using the physical parts of the body figuratively to express his meaning. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight to control you” (3) James is speaking figuratively of the community of believers as if it were a body and of individual believers as if they were parts of that body. Alternate translation: “your lusts, which fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 1 vpe2 figs-personification τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑμῶν, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ὑμῶν 1 your lusts, which fight in your members In all of the cases that the previous note discusses, James would be speaking figuratively of **lusts** as if they were living things that could **fight.** Alternate translation: “the lusts inside of you that cause you to fight to get what you want” of “your lusts, which cause you to value and choose certain things in order to gratify them” or “your lusts, which cause you to fight against other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -452,15 +452,15 @@ JAS 4 2 j245 figs-parallelism ἐπιθυμεῖτε καὶ οὐκ ἔχετε
|
|||
JAS 4 2 khh9 figs-metaphor φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill and envy James probably does not mean the word **kill** literally. Rather, this could mean: (1) James is using the word in a figurative and spiritual sense to mean “hate.” This usage would reflect the teaching of Jesus and the apostles. Jesus said that the meaning of the commandment “do not kill” also applied to being angry with others and insulting them ([Matthew 5:21-22](../mat/05/21.md)). The apostle John wrote that “everyone who hates his brother is a murderer” ([1 John 3:15](../1jn/03/15.md)). Alternate translation: “You hate and envy” (2) James is describing someone wanting something so badly that he would almost kill to get it. Alternate translation: “You envy almost to the point of murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j246 figs-hendiadys φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε 1 You kill and envy James is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **kill** describes how his readers **envy** what others have. Alternate translation: “you envy hatefully” of “you envy murderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j247 figs-metaphor μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war As in [4:1](../04/01.md), James is using the terms **battle** and **war** figuratively. Alternate translation: “You engage in disputes and conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war The words **battle** and **war** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “You have continual conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 v9m8 figs-doublet μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε 1 You battle and war The words **battle** and **war** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “You have continual conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JAS 4 2 j248 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε, διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς 1 You do not have because you do not ask If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 4 3 j249 grammar-connect-logic-contrast αἰτεῖτε καὶ οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 You ask and you do not receive James is using the word translated **and** to introduce a contrast between these two clauses. Alternate translation: “You ask but you do not receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
JAS 4 3 nk57 κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε 1 you ask badly James does not mean that his readers are asking for things in the wrong way. He means that they are asking for the wrong reason. Alternate translation: “you are asking for the wrong reason”
|
||||
JAS 4 3 j250 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν δαπανήσητε 1 so that you may spend on your lusts James says figuratively that his readers would **spend** what they acquired on their lusts. Alternate translation: “so that you could gratify your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 j251 μοιχαλίδες 1 Adulteresses James is addressing his readers in the vocative. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You adulteresses”
|
||||
JAS 4 4 efi8 figs-metaphor μοιχαλίδες 1 Adulteresses James is figuratively describing his readers as married women who have sexual relations with men who are not their husbands. This metaphor is used many places in the Bible to represent unfaithfulness to God. Alternate translation: “You are not being faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 wu5v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that friendship with the world is enmity with God? James is using the question form for emphasis and as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly you know that friendship with the world is enmity with God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 j252 figs-abstractnouns ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 friendship with the world is enmity with God If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **friendship** and **enmity**, you could express the ideas behind them with the concrete nouns “friend” and “enemy.” Alternate translation: “if you are a friend of the world, you are an enemy of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 wu5v figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Do you not know that friendship with the world is enmity with God? James is using the question form for emphasis and as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly you know that friendship with the world is enmity with God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 j252 figs-abstractnouns ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 friendship with the world is enmity with God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **friendship** and **enmity** by stating the ideas behind them with the concrete nouns “friend” and “enemy.” Alternate translation: “if you are a friend of the world, you are an enemy of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 b5ly figs-metonymy ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world As in [1:27](../01/27.md), James is using the term **world** figuratively to mean the system of values shared by people who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “friendship with an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 br36 figs-personification ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου 1 friendship with the world James is speaking figuratively of this ungodly value system as if it were a person with whom someone could be friends. Alternate translation: “living by an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 jf1g figs-metaphor ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 is enmity with God James probably does not consider that his readers have literally become sworn enemies of God. He is using the term **enmity** figuratively to describe how opposed the worldly value system is to the way God wants people to live. Alternate translation: “is contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ JAS 4 4 j253 figs-metonymy φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου 1 to be a
|
|||
JAS 4 4 j254 figs-personification φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου 1 to be a friend of the world James speaks figuratively again of the ungodly value system as if it were a person with whom someone could be friends. Alternate translation: “to live by an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 j255 figs-activepassive καθίσταται 1 is made If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “makes himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 4 4 j256 figs-metaphor ἐχθρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 an enemy of God See how you translated the similar expression earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “someone who lives in a way contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 i2y4 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think that the Scripture says vainly James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. (In this context, the term **vainly** means “for no good reason,” not “in a conceited way.”) Alternate translation: “There is a good reason why the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 i2y4 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Or do you think that the Scripture says vainly James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. (In this context, the term **vainly** means “for no good reason,” not “in a conceited way.”) Alternate translation: “There is a good reason why the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 j257 ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 the Scripture says James is describing the general teaching of the Bible, not referring to a specific passage. In cases like this, your language might use the plural instead of the singular. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
|
||||
JAS 4 5 j258 figs-personification ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 the Scripture says James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JAS 4 5 bx68 πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ Πνεῦμα ὃ κατῴκισεν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 The Spirit whom he caused to live in us longs with jealousy Here, **Spirit** could mean: (1) the Holy Spirit, who could be the subject of the verb **longs**. The idea of the Spirit being jealous would fit with the adultery metaphor in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The Spirit whom God has caused to live in us longs for us to live faithfully to God” (2) the Holy Spirit, who could be the object of the verb **longs**, in which case God would be the subject of that verb. This interpretation would also fit with the adultery metaphor. Alternate translation: “God longs jealously for us to live by the Spirit whom he has caused to live in us” (3) the human spirit, in which case the statement would be repeating what James said in [4:2](../04/02.md) about people coveting and envying. Alternate translation: “The spirit that God has caused to live in us longs jealously for things that it does not have”
|
||||
|
|
@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ JAS 4 9 kdn8 figs-doublet ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε
|
|||
JAS 4 9 j270 figs-explicit ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε 1 Be miserable and mourn and weep If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is telling his readers to be sorry for. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry for not obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 4 9 j271 figs-ellipsis ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom In the second part of this sentence, James leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and let your joy be changed into gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JAS 4 9 j272 figs-activepassive ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter become mourning, and let your joy become gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JAS 4 9 j273 figs-abstractnouns ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **laughter**, **mourning**, **joy**, and **gloom**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 9 j273 figs-abstractnouns ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **laughter**, **mourning**, **joy**, and **gloom** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 9 rf6g figs-parallelism ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom These two clauses mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
JAS 4 9 j274 figs-explicit ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν 1 Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James is telling his readers to show such sorrow. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow for your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 4 10 j275 grammar-connect-logic-result ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς 1 Be humbled before the Lord, and he will lift you up James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “If you are humbled before the Lord, then he will lift you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ JAS 4 11 j279 figs-ellipsis οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ
|
|||
JAS 4 11 jlx4 figs-explicit οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής 1 you are not a doer of the law, but a judge If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. See how you translated the similar phrase at the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “instead of loving other people, you are saying that it is not important to love them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 4 12 e9da εἷς ἐστιν νομοθέτης καὶ κριτής 1 The lawgiver and judge is one Alternate translation: “The lawgiver and judge are the same person”
|
||||
JAS 4 12 j280 figs-distinguish ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι 1 the one who is able to save and to destroy James uses this phrase, which identifies God by two of his attributes, to clarify whom he means by **the lawgiver and judge**. Alternate translation: “God, who is able to save and to destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
JAS 4 12 m49q figs-rquestion σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον? 1 But who are you, the one judging a neighbor? James is using the question form to challenge and teach his readers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But you have no right to judge a neighbor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 12 m49q figs-rquestion σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον? 1 But who are you, the one judging a neighbor? James is using the question form to challenge and teach his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But you have no right to judge a neighbor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 12 j281 writing-pronouns σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ 1 But who are you For emphasis, James includes the pronoun **you** even though it is not required with the verb. If your language does not ordinarily require pronouns with verbs but it can include them for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may be able to convey this emphasis in other ways, such as by repeating the pronoun. Alternate translation: “But you, who are you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 12 j282 figs-youcrowd σὺ…τίς εἶ 1 who are you As in the previous verse, James is using the singular form of **you** because even though he is addressing a group of people, he is describing an individual situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
|
||||
JAS 4 12 j283 τὸν πλησίον 1 a neighbor See how you translated the term “neighbor” in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “another person”
|
||||
|
|
@ -523,12 +523,12 @@ JAS 4 13 j286 figs-exclusive πορευσόμεθα 1 we will travel These peopl
|
|||
JAS 4 13 j287 figs-idiom τήνδε τὴν πόλιν 1 this city This is an idiom. No specific city is intended. Your language may have a comparable idiom that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “such-and-such a city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 4 13 iz9h figs-idiom ποιήσομεν ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν 1 do a year there This is another idiom. Alternate translation: “stay there for a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 4 13 j288 κερδήσομεν 1 gain Alternate translation: “make a profit”
|
||||
JAS 4 14 b7ir figs-rquestion οἵτινες οὐκ ἐπίστασθε τὸ τῆς αὔριον, ποία ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν? 1 You who do not know the thing of tomorrow, what is your life? James is using the question form to challenge and teach his readers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not know what will happen tomorrow, and you may not even be alive then!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 14 b7ir figs-rquestion οἵτινες οὐκ ἐπίστασθε τὸ τῆς αὔριον, ποία ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν? 1 You who do not know the thing of tomorrow, what is your life? James is using the question form to challenge and teach his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not know what will happen tomorrow, and you may not even be alive then!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 4 14 a9v2 figs-metaphor ἀτμὶς γάρ ἐστε, ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη, ἔπειτα καὶ ἀφανιζομένη 1 For you are a mist that appears for a little and then disappears James is speaking figuratively of his readers as if they were a **mist** that forms briefly in the morning but then quickly dissipates when the sun rises. In your translation you could explain the meaning of this image, or you could represent it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “For you will only be alive for a short time, and then you will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 4 15 e1il καὶ ζήσομεν καὶ ποιήσομεν 1 we will both live and do James is using a construction that puts the word “and” before two things that would both be the case, more literally “and we will live and we will do.” Your language may have a similar construction that you could use here. If not, it may not be necessary for you to translate the first occurrence of “and,” which ULT represents as **both**. (The term **both** in ULT does not mean “the two of us.”) Alternate translation: “we will live and we will do”
|
||||
JAS 4 15 j289 figs-exclusive καὶ ζήσομεν καὶ ποιήσομεν 1 we will both live and do These people would be speaking only of themselves, so the pronoun **we** is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JAS 4 15 j290 figs-idiom τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο 1 this or that This is an idiom. No specific actions are intended. Your language may have a comparable idiom that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “such-and-such” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JAS 4 16 j291 figs-abstractnouns καυχᾶσθε ἐν ταῖς ἀλαζονίαις ὑμῶν. πᾶσα καύχησις τοιαύτη πονηρά ἐστιν 1 you are boasting in your pretensions. All such boasting is evil If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **pretensions** and **boasting** (the second occurrence of the word in ULT), you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “you are boasting about what you presume you will be able to do. It is always wrong to boast like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 16 j291 figs-abstractnouns καυχᾶσθε ἐν ταῖς ἀλαζονίαις ὑμῶν. πᾶσα καύχησις τοιαύτη πονηρά ἐστιν 1 you are boasting in your pretensions. All such boasting is evil If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **pretensions** and **boasting** (the second occurrence of the word in ULT) by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “you are boasting about what you presume you will be able to do. It is always wrong to boast like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JAS 4 17 q84z εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν 1 Therefore to the one having known to do good and not doing it, to him it is sin James is using the word **therefore** to describe a further inference rather than a conclusion. He is saying that if it is wrong to plan to do things without knowing whether God wants you to do them, then it is also wrong not to do things that you do know God wants. Alternate translation: “From this we can also recognize that if someone does know what God wants him to do but he does not do it, then he is also sinning”
|
||||
JAS 5 intro ud8q 0 # James 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Rebuke of rich people (5:1-6)<br>2. Waiting patiently for the Lord’s return (5:7-11)<br>3. Oaths forbidden (5:12)<br>4. Prayer, forgiveness, and healing (5:13-18)<br>5. Restoration of a sinner (5:19-20)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Living for eternity<br><br>The first section of this chapter, which is a warning to rich people, contrasts living for things of this world, which will not last, with living for things that will last for eternity. The second section of the chapter is related to that first section. In it, James stresses that it is important to live with the expectation that Jesus will return soon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### Oaths<br><br>In [5:12](../05/12.md), James tells his readers not to swear any oaths. However, biblical scholars are divided over whether James intends to teach literally that all oaths are wrong. Some scholars believe that some oaths are permissible and that James is emphasizing how Christians should have integrity in what they say.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>The illustration that James gives from the life of the prophet Elijah in [5:17-18](../05/17.md) may be difficult for your readers to appreciate if the books of 1 and 2 Kings have not yet been translated. See the first note to 5:17 for a suggestion about how to help your readers understand this illustration better.
|
||||
JAS 5 1 j292 figs-idiom ἄγε νῦν 1 Come now This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [4:13](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -602,9 +602,9 @@ JAS 5 12 j324 figs-ellipsis ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ
|
|||
JAS 5 12 m3ve ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ 1 let your “Yes” be “Yes” and “No,” “No” Alternate translation: “simply give your word, without making an oath”
|
||||
JAS 5 12 f6mx figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as something that a person might **fall under**. Alternate translation: “so that you will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 12 j325 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε 1 so that you may not fall under judgment If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to state a condition, and he describes the result in a short sentence right after the question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you is suffering hardship, then he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James is again using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is cheerful, then he should sing praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him summon the elders of the church, and let them pray Once again James is using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you sick, then he should summon the elders of the church and they should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 m3e6 figs-rquestion κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω 1 Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to state a condition, and he describes the result in a short sentence right after the question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you is suffering hardship, then he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 13 wdf7 figs-rquestion εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω 1 Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise James is again using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is cheerful, then he should sing praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 14 in34 figs-rquestion ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν 1 Is anyone among you sick? Let him summon the elders of the church, and let them pray Once again James is using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you sick, then he should summon the elders of the church and they should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JAS 5 14 j326 προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν ἐλαίῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου 1 let them pray over him, having anointed him with oil in the name of the Lord It is unclear whether James means that the prayer or the anointing is to be done in the name of the Lord. Alternate translation: “let them pray over him in the name of the Lord after they have anointed him with oil” or “let them anoint him with oil in the name of the Lord and then pray for him”
|
||||
JAS 5 14 j327 figs-metaphor προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 pray over him James is using a spatial metaphor to indicate that the sick person is the beneficiary of the elders’ prayers. Alternate translation: “pray for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JAS 5 14 j328 translate-unknown ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν ἐλαίῳ 1 having anointed him with oil In the biblical culture, anointing people with **oil** was a way of consecrating them to God, but it was also a medical treatment. Since James is talking about a person who is **sick**, he seems to speak of the oil at least in part for its medical value. So he may be telling believers to do what they can practically to help the sick person recover, in addition to praying for him. If your readers would not recognize that the medical benefits were one reason why James says to anoint the sick person with oil, you could include an explanation in your translation or in a note, or you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “having done what they can to help him practically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 2 rwkk figs-metaphor ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Peter uses **sprinkling** figuratively to refer to believers being in a covenant relationship with God. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel in [Exodus 24:1–11](../exo/24/01.md) to symbolize that they were joining in a covenant relationship with God, believers are joined in a covenant relationship with God by means of Jesus’ death. Moses also sprinkled blood on the priests to set them apart to serve God as priests ([Leviticus 8:30](../lev/08/30.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the covenant between believers and God established by the blood of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 of the blood of Jesus Christ Here, **blood** refers figuratively to the death of Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the blood, the symbol of the death of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 k547 translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 iam1 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 iam1 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-metaphor χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase Peter speaks of **grace** and **peace** figuratively as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May grace and peace increase in your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 gj71 figs-activepassive χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May God multiply grace and peace to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. [Verses 3–5](../01/03.md) are one sentence, but you may need to divide them into shorter sentences in your language.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 1 x186 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἰσότιμον…λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “to those whom God has made to trust” or “to those whom God has made to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 y157 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 with us Here, the word **us** refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to those to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “as we apostles have received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 xdyd ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 The word **by** indicates the means through which they received the faith. Alternate translation: “by means of the righteousness”
|
||||
2PE 1 1 fpsl figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “righteous” or “right.” Alternate translation: “the righteous acts of our God and Savior” or “the right way of our God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 fpsl figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective such as “righteous” or “right.” Alternate translation: “the righteous acts of our God and Savior” or “the right way of our God and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 oaej translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his kind acts to you and make you more peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit χάρις…καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace be multiplied God is the one who will give **grace** and **peace** to believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that information explicit. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 ui01 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 ui01 figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his kind acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις…καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace be multiplied Peter speaks of **grace and peace** as if they were objects that could increase in size or number. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 x8na figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here the pronoun **you** is plural, since Peter is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally, throughout the letter the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord If you would not use an abstract noun here, you could translate **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because you know God and Jesus our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here, **godliness** describes the word **life**. Alternate translation: “for a godly life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xr1r figs-abstractnouns εὐσέβειαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **godliness** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “acting honorably toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 bl1o διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 1 The word **through** here indicates the means by which God has given us all things for life and godliness. Alternate translation: “by means of the knowledge”
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xvh0 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through our knowing the one who called us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xvh0 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “through our knowing the one who called us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 cxxo τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “of God, who called us” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, who called us”
|
||||
2PE 1 3 an3z figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** refers to Peter and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 twp8 διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which God called us. Alternate translation: “by means of his glory and excellence”
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xmxh figs-abstractnouns διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **glory** and **excellence**, you could express the ideas behind them with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because he is so great and so good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 xmxh figs-abstractnouns διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **glory** and **excellence** by stating the ideas behind them with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because he is so great and so good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 g7fc δι’ ὧν 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which God gave his promises. Alternate translation: “by means of which”
|
||||
2PE 1 4 m91m writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 Here, **which** refers back to words from the previous verse. It could refer to: (1) “his glory and excellence.” Alternate translation: “through his glory and excellence” (2) “all the things for life and godliness.” Alternate translation: “by giving us all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 zspe figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Peter and his audience, fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 5 x74i figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀρετῇ τὴν γνῶσιν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in your goodness, knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 r61t figs-abstractnouns τὴν γνῶσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **knowledge** using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 anfs figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐνκράτειαν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in knowledge, self-control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 anfa figs-abstractnouns τῇ γνώσει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge** , you could translate it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 anfa figs-abstractnouns τῇ γνώσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “knowing more about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 s5ni figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐνκράτειαν…τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **self-control** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “controlling yourself … controlling yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 wloy figs-ellipsis ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐνκρατείᾳ τὴν ὑπομονήν 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and supply in self-control, endurance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 1 6 ajag figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὑπομονήν…τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **endurance** with a verbal phrase in both occurrences in this verse. Alternate translation: “enduring hardship … enduring hardship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 12 yy7r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective, such as “true.” Alternate translation: “in these true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 p1da grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **But** could mean: (1) Peter is contrasting what he just said in the previous verse with what he is about to say. His audience already knows the truth, but he wants to remind them again. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Nevertheless.” (2) Peter is connecting this statement with what he said at the beginning of the previous verse. Peter is always ready to remind them of the truth, and he thinks it is correct to do so. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 ax2a figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι 1 as long as I am in this tent Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could indicate this directly. Alternate translation: “as long as I am in this body” or “as long as I live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up in remembrance Peter uses **arouse** figuratively to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If your readers would misunderstand this usage, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up in remembrance Peter uses **arouse** figuratively to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this usage by translating this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “to remind you of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 q0sv figs-abstractnouns διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 slej grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 In this clause Peter is giving a reason why he will always remind his audience of doctrinal truths in this letter, specifically faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “This is because I know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 j8f5 figs-metaphor ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου 1 the putting off of my tent is imminent Peter speaks of his body as if it were a **tent** that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: “I will soon take off this body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 16 k3w3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐκείνου μεγαλειότητος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **majesty** with an adjective such as “majestic.” Alternate translation: “of his majestic nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 x93a grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [1:17–18](../01/17.md) is the reason that Peter can say in the previous verse that he was an eyewitness to the majesty of Jesus. Use a connector that indicates that this is a reason or explanation. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 q605 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 xlph figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν…παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory**, you could translate them with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 xlph figs-abstractnouns λαβὼν…παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **honor** and **glory** by translating them with equivalent expressions that use verbs. Alternate translation: “and God the Father honored and glorified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when such a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he heard that voice come to him from the Majestic Glory” or “when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him” or “when the Majestic Glory spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 o62f writing-quotations φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “such a voice having been brought to him by the Majestic Glory, and this is what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 sz0p writing-pronouns ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly the idea behind this connection. Alternate translation: “having been brought to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 we have Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 l7zq figs-explicit βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 this more certain prophetic word Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 sjd3 figs-pronouns ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 to which you do well to pay attention Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xilf figs-declarative ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xilf figs-declarative ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες 1 Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 hmb7 figs-metaphor ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 Peter speaks figuratively of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star may rise in your hearts Peter speaks figuratively of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 2 x3oo figs-personification ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter speaks figuratively of **the way of truth** as if it were a person who could be **slandered** or shown disrespect. Alternate translation: “they will say bad things about the way of truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 l8ta figs-explicit ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 Peter assumes that his audience will know that unbelievers will be the ones who slander the Christian faith when they see the sensual lives of the false teachers and their followers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way of truth will be slandered by unbelievers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 xs4g ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 Here, **in** indicates the reason for what the false teachers do. Alternate translation: “because of greed”
|
||||
2PE 2 3 td8q figs-abstractnouns ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **greed**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 td8q figs-abstractnouns ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **greed** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “greedy.” Alternate translation: “because they are greedy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 they will exploit you with false words Here, **false words** are the means by which the false teachers will exploit their victims. Alternate translation: “by means of false words”
|
||||
2PE 2 3 xbnf figs-metonymy πλαστοῖς λόγοις 1 Peter is using the term **words** to describe the teachings of the false teachers that were conveyed by using **words**. Alternate translation: “by false teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 borm writing-pronouns ἐμπορεύσονται 1 Here, **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will exploit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-parallelism οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 jetw figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 jvh9 figs-personification τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** figuratively as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction”, you could express the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-abstractnouns οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 k2g4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 s115 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare Here, **spare** means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
|
||||
|
|
@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 4 xgmp figs-explicit παρέδωκεν 1 God is the one who **handed over** the angels who had sinned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “God handed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 jjzw figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 c2ak grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **judgment** by translating it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
|
||||
2PE 2 6 xi0n translate-names Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας 1 **Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 xfyx writing-pronouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could translate the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 w1b9 figs-abstractnouns καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **destruction** by translating the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 hgt7 grammar-connect-logic-result ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς 1 an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 2 6 eocy figs-genericnoun ἀσεβέσιν 1 Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
2PE 2 7 fm1p grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 12 xhxj figs-distinguish γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This clause gives more information about the unreasoning animals and thus, by way of comparison, the false teachers. Alternate translation: “which have by nature been born for capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 yxsy γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 Here, **by nature** means that the unreasoning animals (and false teachers by comparison) were destined for capture and destruction due to their very nature as animals born for this purpose. Alternate translation: “according to their nature, these animals are born for capture and destruction”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 x14h grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 This is a purpose clause. The word **for** here indicates that what follows it is the purpose for which these animals have been born. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of capture and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 erfh figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 c4b8 ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν 1 Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 xzcp writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -273,11 +273,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 12 ai6a ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ig4v figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-metaphor ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 x4gd figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 xjr6 figs-abstractnouns ἡδονὴν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **pleasure**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 e62s figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 their reveling during the day Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 x4gd figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **unrighteousness** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 xjr6 figs-abstractnouns ἡδονὴν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **pleasure** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 e62s figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 their reveling during the day Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 hl1e τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν 1 This phrase indicates the time when the false teachers were **reveling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **in** as “during.” Doing these things “during the day” indicates that these people are not ashamed of this behavior. Alternate translation: “reveling during the day”
|
||||
2PE 2 13 u1rc figs-metaphor σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 They are stains and blemishes Peter speaks of the false teachers as if they were **stains** or **blemishes** on a garment that cause shame for those who wear it. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate it as a simile. Alternate translation: “like stains and blemishes on clothes, which cause disgrace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 u1rc figs-metaphor σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 They are stains and blemishes Peter speaks of the false teachers as if they were **stains** or **blemishes** on a garment that cause shame for those who wear it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating it as a simile. Alternate translation: “like stains and blemishes on clothes, which cause disgrace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 pwd5 figs-doublet σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 They are stains and blemishes The words **stains** and **blemishes** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “unsightly stains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 vz0j figs-ellipsis σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 For emphasis, here Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “They are stains and blemishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 x3uj figs-abstractnouns ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 14 c7cc figs-exclamations κατάρας τέκνα 1 These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 figs-metaphor καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-idiom εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 x3k9 figs-metaphor ἐπλανήθησαν 1 Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 b39g figs-activepassive ἐπλανήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 xkt6 figs-explicit ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν 1 In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 xi4q figs-metaphor ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ 1 Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -308,9 +308,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 16 xspp figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-explicit ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 restrained the madness of the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 x5rj writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 **These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 von6 figs-doublet οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 v90z ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xrpf figs-metaphor ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους 1 Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 19 n0bh figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς; 1 Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor δοῦλοι 1 Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 xyua figs-possession δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this non-figuratively or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this non-figuratively or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 xqmy figs-activepassive ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this passive sentence with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 v3xc γὰρ 1 Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
|
||||
2PE 2 20 q96i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -353,13 +353,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning by translating these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 xgjp translate-unknown κύων 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **dog** was an insult. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 xycp translate-unknown ὗς 1 A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **pig** was an insult. If pigs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 n92f figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 aah9 writing-pronouns ἐν αἷς 1 Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 I am stirring up your sincere mind Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 deoa figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 qxt2 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 bp8r grammar-connect-logic-goal μνησθῆναι 1 Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 fe37 writing-quotations καὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 hgdm figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his coming? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used idiomatically to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 lw3y figs-idiom ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Here, **Where** is used idiomatically to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-metonymy ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his coming? Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 wm6z writing-pronouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 u54w figs-explicit τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 7 nl8w figs-metonymy πυρὶ 1 Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 being kept for the day of judgment If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 u7x2 εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 Here, **for** could refer to: (1) the purpose for which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which God is keeping the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **judgment** and **destruction**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind and destroys the ungodly men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **judgment** and **destruction** by stating the ideas behind them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind and destroys the ungodly men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 zxxk figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of the ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2PE 3 8 s5cy ἓν…τοῦτο μὴ λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “do not fail to understand this one fact” or “do not ignore this one thing”
|
||||
2PE 3 8 enh9 ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη 1 that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
|
||||
|
|
@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 11 buq4 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this emphasis by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 qoui figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 bqnn προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας 1 Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
|
||||
2PE 3 12 b73o writing-pronouns δι’ ἣν 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -439,20 +439,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 13 r2y9 writing-pronouns κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 13 evi0 τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
|
||||
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 13 r5qo figs-abstractnouns ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 in which righteousness dwells If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 d178 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 qjca figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 ndxd writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 byr8 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 rtyg ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord as salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation** by translating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **salvation** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 vo82 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **wisdom** by translating the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 z4cj writing-pronouns ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -467,12 +467,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 17 v5cb figs-abstractnouns ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
2PE 3 17 um49 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 xjht figs-activepassive τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 px85 τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
|
||||
2PE 3 18 ccm3 figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε…ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here, **grow** is used figuratively to express experiencing or having something in increasing amounts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “have more and more of the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 zjqa ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει 1 Here, **in** means “with reference to.” Alternate translation: “with reference to the grace and knowledge”
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “kind acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 qlbc figs-abstractnouns γνώσει 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **grace** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “kind acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 qlbc figs-abstractnouns γνώσει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **knowledge** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what you know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 z13o figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction and indicates that our also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” If you include both of these phrases in your translation, then you will also need to put a comma at the end of the second phrase. Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 bpnr figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May everyone glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 bpnr figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May everyone glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 u1g9 figs-idiom εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος 1 Here, **to the day of the age** is an idiom that means “forever.” If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 1 j045 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 1 j046 figs-nominaladj δίκαιον 1 the righteous John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 j047 writing-pronouns αὐτὸς 1 he The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 h8fg figs-abstractnouns αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world The abstract noun **propitiation** refers to something that someone does for someone else or gives to someone else so that he will no longer be angry. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, God is no longer angry about our sins, and not only about ours, but also about those of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 h8fg figs-abstractnouns αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 he is the propitiation for our sins, and not for ours only, but also for the whole world The abstract noun **propitiation** refers to something that someone does for someone else or gives to someone else so that he will no longer be angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “because of Jesus, God is no longer angry about our sins, and not only about ours, but also about those of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 j048 figs-metonymy ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 the whole world John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to the people living in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 m14q figs-ellipsis οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου 1 John leaves out the word for “sins” in these clauses because it is understood from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this clause, you could include the missing word. Alternate translation: “and not only for our sins, but also for the sins of the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 2 3 j049 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 in this we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “if we obey what he has commanded, then we can be assured that we have a close relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 9 j071 ἕως ἄρτι 1 until now Alternate translation: “still”
|
||||
1JN 2 10 j072 figs-hypo ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 The one who loves his brother remains in the light John is suggesting a further hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone does love his fellow believers. Then he is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 j073 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “each fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 j074 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate this in the plural, since John is speaking of loving all believers. Alternate translation: “each of his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 j074 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating this in the plural, since John is speaking of loving all believers. Alternate translation: “each of his brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 j075 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 remains in the light John is using the word **light** figuratively to mean what is holy, right, and good. Alternate translation: “is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 j076 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ μένει 1 remains in the light See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “is genuinely doing what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 q2x1 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 a stumbling-block is not in him John is using the term **stumbling-block**, which means something that a person would trip over, figuratively to mean something that would cause a person to sin. Alternate translation: “he has no reason to sin” or “nothing will cause him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 17 ct43 figs-metaphor ὁ κόσμος παράγεται 1 the world is going away John speaks figuratively of the **world** as if it were leaving. Alternate translation: “the world will not last very much longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 17 j108 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 and its desire John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and its desire is also going away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 2 17 j109 figs-possession ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 its desire John is using the possessive form to show that the **world** is the source of this **desire** and gives it its character. Alternate translation: “the worldly desire” or “people’s desire for the world” or “the desire that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 2 17 j110 figs-genericnoun ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 its desire If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate this in the plural, since John is referring to all of the different types of **desire** associated with the **world** that he described in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “worldly desires” or “the desires that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1JN 2 17 j110 figs-genericnoun ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτοῦ 1 its desire If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this term by translating this in the plural, since John is referring to all of the different types of **desire** associated with the **world** that he described in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “worldly desires” or “the desires that this system of values creates in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1JN 2 17 j111 figs-metaphor μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 remains to the age See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word refers to continuing existence. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 17 j112 figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 to the age This is an idiom. Consider using an idiom in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 t903 checking/headings 0 If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 18. Suggested heading: “False Teaching and True Teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -222,14 +222,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 20 gy16 figs-nominaladj τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 the Holy One John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 j121 translate-textvariants οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 j122 figs-explicit οἴδατε πάντες 1 you all know Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j123 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you could make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j123 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you could make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 w4fm grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν 1 If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you could move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth … from the truth If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **truth** with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j124 figs-metonymy τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth … from the truth John is likely referring figuratively to the teaching that believers have received from Jesus by association with the way that it is true. Alternate translation: “the true teaching that we received from Jesus … from this true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j125 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὅτι πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 and that every lie is not from the truth John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and you know that every lie is not from the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j126 πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 every lie is not from the truth If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could clarify it by making the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth”
|
||||
1JN 2 21 j126 πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν 1 every lie is not from the truth If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by clarifying it by making the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “no lie is from the truth”
|
||||
1JN 2 21 nruw ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 This second occurrence of **the truth** could refer to: (1) The same as the first occurrence. Alternate translation: “part of God’s true message” (2) God, who is the source of all truth. Alternate translation: “from God, the One who is true”
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 Who is the liar, if not the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? John is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 Who is the liar, if not the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? John is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Messiah is certainly a liar!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d4u7 figs-doublenegatives ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ For emphasis, John is using a double negative in Greek, specifically, a negative verb (**denies**) with a negative particle, “not.” In English, it would come out as, “the one who denies that Jesus is not the Christ.” In Greek, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. But in English, the meaning would inaccurately be positive, which is why ULT uses only one negative. It leaves out “not” and says **the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ**. However, if your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 j128 figs-genericnoun οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This one is the antichrist John is not referring here to the ultimate antichrist who will appear at the end of earthly history. John does not have a specific person in view here. Rather, he is speaking generally of all people who oppose Christ. See how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “Such a person is the enemy of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 z4t1 figs-explicit ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 the one who denies the Father and the Son If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly why John says this about these people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By denying that Jesus is the Messiah, he is denying both God the Father, who sent Jesus to be the Messiah, and Jesus his Son, whom he sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 9 ps9v figs-metaphor σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 his seed remains in him John is using the word **seed** figuratively here. It could mean: (1) The characteristics of a father that a child inherits from him and displays more and more as he grows. Alternate translation: “the characteristics that show that God is his father become continually more evident” (2) Something that gives life such as the **seed** from which plants grow. Alternate translation: “the new life that God has put in that person continues to grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 w33l figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 In this the children of God and the children of the devil are apparent **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. The word **this** refers to what John says in the next sentence. Alternate translation: “This is how we can tell the difference between the children of God and the children of the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 j179 figs-idiom τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 the children of God and the children of the devil John is using the word **children** idiomatically in both of these instances. His usage is similar to the Hebrew idiom in which the “child” of something shares its characteristics. Alternate translation: “people who are living a new life in close relationship with God and people who are still in their old way of life influenced by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 ctk6 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Everyone who does not do righteousness is not from God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 ctk6 figs-doublenegatives πᾶς ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Everyone who does not do righteousness is not from God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone who does wrong is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 j180 figs-abstractnouns ὁ μὴ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην 1 who does not do righteousness See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 j181 figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 is not from God The expression **from God** is an idiom. John uses it in various ways in this letter. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “is not living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 j182 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 and the one who does not love his brother John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the one who does not love his brother is not from God” or, if you translated the double negative in the previous clause as a positive statement, “and anyone who hates a fellow believer is alienated from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 12 j185 ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν 1 who was from the evil one This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
|
||||
1JN 3 12 j186 figs-nominaladj τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 j187 figs-metonymy τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one John is speaking figuratively of the devil by association with the way that he is **evil**. Alternate translation: “the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 b1xh figs-rquestion καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι 1 And on account of what did he kill him? Because John is using a question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 b1xh figs-rquestion καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν? ὅτι 1 And on account of what did he kill him? Because John is using a question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “He killed him because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 12 mq7x figs-ellipsis τὰ δὲ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, δίκαια 1 but those of his brother, righteous John is leaving out a word, “were,” that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The word “were” can be supplied for clarity. Alternate translation: “but his brother’s works were righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 13 j188 grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ θαυμάζετε 1 Do not wonder If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could show the connection between this sentence and the previous one by using a connecting word like “so” or “therefore.” Using the example of Cain, John shows that evil people naturally hate righteous people. Alternate translation: “So do not be surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
1JN 3 13 wc1m figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 17 j200 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 b6lh χρείαν ἔχοντα 1 having need Alternate translation: “who needs help”
|
||||
1JN 3 17 zql1 figs-idiom κλείσῃ τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 closes his entrails from him This is an idiom in which the **entrails** or internal organs figuratively represent the emotions that would lead a person to act generously. Your language may have an equivalent figurative expression that you could use. You could also express the plain meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “closes his heart to him” or “refuses to have compassion on him” or “declines to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “the love of God does not remain in such a person!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 j201 figs-metaphor πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 how does the love of God remain in him? See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. As in [2:14](../02/14.md), here the word seems to describe behavior that is recognized to be genuine because it is consistent. Alternate translation: “such a person does not genuinely love others with love that is from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 j202 figs-possession πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of God As in [2:5](../02/05.md), the phrase **the love of God** could mean: (1) God loving people. Alternate translation: “Is it possible that he has truly received God’s love” (2) a person loving God. Alternate translation: “is it really possible that he truly loves God” We recommend option (1) if you must choose. But it is probable that John intends both meanings here, so if your translation can leave the possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “is he really loving others the way that God loves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 g6uh figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -477,9 +477,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 9 wxf8 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 so that we might live through him Since people were already literally alive before Jesus came, John means this in a figurative sense. He is likely referring to what he calls “eternal life” in [3:15](../03/15.md). That includes both living forever in the presence of God after death and receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “so that through him we might receive power from God to live as new people in this life and to live forever in God’s presence after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 j273 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him Alternate translation: “as a result of what he did for us”
|
||||
1JN 4 10 v1zv figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 In this is love **In this** means something similar to the idiomatic expression “in this we know” that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we have experienced genuine love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 4 10 bnve figs-abstractnouns ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the meaning behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 10 bnve figs-abstractnouns ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **love** by stating the meaning behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “This is how we know what it means to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 10 j274 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son **His Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 10 b39j figs-abstractnouns ἀπέστειλεν τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 sent his Son as the propitiation for our sins If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **propitiation**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “sent his Son to be the offering that made him no longer angry with us because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 10 b39j figs-abstractnouns ἀπέστειλεν τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 sent his Son as the propitiation for our sins If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **propitiation** by stating the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “sent his Son to be the offering that made him no longer angry with us because of our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 4 11 i4tf figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1JN 4 11 g4gu grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 if God thus loved us John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because God loved us in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
1JN 4 11 dy86 grammar-connect-condition-fact οὕτως 1 The word **thus** refers to the manner in which God showed his love to us, as described in verses 9 and 10. Alternate translation: “in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 20 j295 figs-hypo ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν 1 If anyone says, “I love God,” and hates his brother, he is a liar John is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the importance of consistency between their words and their actions. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says, ‘I love God,’ but he hates his brother. Then he is a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 j296 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 and John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 tfq3 figs-metaphor τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this double negative by translating it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 xssu figs-explicit ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you couldnot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 4 21 j297 ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we have this commandment from him Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us”
|
||||
1JN 4 21 j298 writing-pronouns ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 from him The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 4 tf9x figs-metaphor ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον 1 that has overcome the world Once again John is using the word **overcome** figuratively. He is speaking of the **faith** that he and his readers share as if it had defeated the ungodly value system in a struggle. Alternate translation: “that enables us to live differently from the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 4 j310 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 2 the world John is using the term **world** to mean the same thing as in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 4 w8ob figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “that we believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 qm85 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν δέ ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 But who is the one who overcomes the world, if not the one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God? John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God overcomes the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 qm85 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν δέ ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 But who is the one who overcomes the world, if not the one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God? John is using the question form for emphasis, to reaffirm what he said in the first sentence of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question by translating his words as a statement and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But only someone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God overcomes the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 db4f figs-metaphor νικῶν τὸν κόσμον 1 who overcomes the world See how you translated **overcomes the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “who does not live by the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 j311 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 drv2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 5 19 j354 figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν 1 we are from God See how you translated the similar expression in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “we are sharing life with God” or “we are living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world John uses the term **world** in various ways in this letter. In this instance, it likely refers figuratively both to the people living in the **world** who do not honor God and to their value system. Alternate translation: “all ungodly people and their value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται 1 lies in the evil one The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **evil**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 j355 figs-abstractnouns τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil one If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **evil** by stating the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 j356 figs-explicit ἥκει 1 has come If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 n1nh figs-abstractnouns δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 3 gad9 figs-abstractnouns ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, παρὰ Θεοῦ Πατρός καὶ παρὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us from God the Father and from Jesus Christ If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace**, **mercy**, and **peace**behind them with verbal phrases, with **God the Father** and **Jesus Christ** as the subject. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus Christ will be kind to us, be merciful to us, and enable us to be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 zfgr ἔσται μεθ’ ἡμῶν χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Grace, mercy, and peace will be with us In this culture, letter writers would normally offer a good wish or blessing for the recipients before introducing the main business of the letter. But instead of a blessing here, John makes a declarative statement. This probably expresses his confidence that God will do as he promised. Be sure that your translation also expresses this confidence.
|
||||
2JN 1 3 vpl9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus Christ. Be sure to translate them accurately and consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **truth** and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternate translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 3 w6tr figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπῃ 1 in truth and love If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **truth** and **love** by stating the ideas behind them with adjectives or verbs. Here, these abstract nouns could refer to: (1) the qualities of God the Father and Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “who are truthful and loving” (2) how believers should live, and thus are the conditions under which believers will receive the “grace, mercy, and peace” from God. Alternate translation: “as we continue to hold on to what is true and to love each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ir6v figs-you σου 1 your The word **your** is singular here, since John is either addressing one woman, or the church collectively, as a “lady.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 ajlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐχάρην λείαν 1 If it is more natural in your language to state the reason first and then the result, you can put this after “I found some of your children walking in the truth,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
2JN 1 4 a3vs figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων σου 1 your children See how you translated the term **children** in [1:1](../01/01.md). This could refer to: (1) the people who are part of a certain congregation. (2) if this letter is addressed to an actual woman, it may mean either her biological children or (3) her spiritual children. Alternate translation: “the believers from your group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ JUD 1 1 gorg figs-activepassive ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοι
|
|||
JUD 1 1 rih9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 s3oh figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις κλητοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form **kept {and} called**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps and calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 wjsn translate-blessing ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love** by stating the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 q2qo figs-metaphor ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη. 1 Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 2 etoo figs-you ὑμῖν 1 The word **you** in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 htjd figs-exclusive ἀγαπητοί 1 **Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ JUD 1 5 f4mm figs-explicit λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας
|
|||
JUD 1 6 g5ld figs-distinguish τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own domain Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn writing-pronouns δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις…τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity”
|
||||
JUD 1 6 c8gf δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις…τετήρηκεν 1 Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity”
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 jzdj grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 k1c6 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ JUD 1 9 v9fh figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφη
|
|||
JUD 1 9 lxf3 figs-possession κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 what they do not understand This word **what** could refer to: (1) the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
|
||||
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JUD 1 10 q640 figs-simile ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται 2 This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this simile by translating the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JUD 1 10 x35l writing-pronouns ἐν τούτοις 1 Here, **these {things}** refers back to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 10 z0n7 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **are being destroyed**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 11 b33e figs-idiom οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς 1 The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,15 +80,15 @@ JUD 1 12 r875 writing-pronouns οὗτοί 1 Here, **These ones** refers to the
|
|||
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 aq79 translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγάπαις 1 Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 emua figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s2st figs-metaphor νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 diqd figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 gs99 figs-metaphor δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα 1 Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 doxh figs-pastforfuture δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 zk57 δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
|
||||
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 g76g figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθέντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 r6rj figs-metaphor ἀστέρες πλανῆται 1 wandering stars Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 n4oc writing-pronouns οἷς 1 Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ JUD 1 16 jhrq τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν 1 Here, **lusts** refer
|
|||
JUD 1 16 xum2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
|
||||
JUD 1 16 xuf0 figs-metonymy τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ 1 their mouth speaks Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 16 eaf2 λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 speaks boastful things Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
|
||||
JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JUD 1 16 w3ma figs-idiom θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh figs-metonymy θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 17 vpgz figs-explicit ἀγαπητοί 1 Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JUD 1 17 eqko figs-metonymy τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,11 +154,11 @@ JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆ
|
|||
JUD 1 23 sexc figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 r3jx figs-explicit τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 jvpm figs-metaphor φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους 1 Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 gq9e ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει 1 This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
|
||||
JUD 1 25 m1g8 figs-abstractnouns Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Savior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 db0v figs-abstractnouns τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Lord** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 figs-abstractnouns μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority**, you could translate them with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 dya1 figs-idiom πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 This is an idiom that refers to eternity past. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in eternity past” or “before everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kof4 figs-idiom εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This is an idiom that means “forever.” If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 figs-abstractnouns μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority** by translating them with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 dya1 figs-idiom πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 This is an idiom that refers to eternity past. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in eternity past” or “before everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kof4 figs-idiom εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” or “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue